Order multiple entries more cleverly in face-remap-add-relative
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob98d2bc3c38bccee7d4c8e7b7328d54d5805dfec5
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18464 4597))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18464 4586))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18487 13181))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
95 \\{ada-mode-map}
97 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
98 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
100 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
101 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
104 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
106 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
108 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
109 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
111 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
112 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
114 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
115 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
116 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
117 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
118 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
120 If you use imenu.el:
121 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
123 If you use find-file.el:
124 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
125 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
126 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
127 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
128 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
130 If you use ada-xref.el:
131 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
132 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
133 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
135 \(fn)" t nil)
137 ;;;***
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
140 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
143 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
144 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
146 \(fn)" t nil)
148 ;;;***
150 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
151 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
154 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
155 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
156 Completion is available.
158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
160 ;;;***
162 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
163 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
164 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
165 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18475
166 ;;;;;; 41969))
167 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
169 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
170 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
171 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
172 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
174 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
176 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
177 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
178 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
180 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
182 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
183 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
184 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
185 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
186 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
187 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
189 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
191 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
192 Prompt for a change log name.
194 \(fn)" nil nil)
196 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
197 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
199 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
200 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
201 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
202 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
204 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
205 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
206 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
208 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
209 current buffer to the complete file name.
210 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
212 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
214 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
215 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
217 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
219 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
220 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
222 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
224 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
225 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
226 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
228 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
229 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
230 the same person.
232 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
233 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
234 notices.
236 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
237 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
239 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
241 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
242 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
243 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
244 the change log file in another window.
246 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
248 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
249 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
250 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
251 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
252 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
253 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
254 \\{change-log-mode-map}
256 \(fn)" t nil)
258 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
259 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
261 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
262 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
264 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
265 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
268 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
270 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
271 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
273 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
274 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
275 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
276 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
277 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
279 Has a preference of looking backwards.
281 \(fn)" nil nil)
283 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
284 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
285 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
286 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
287 or a buffer.
289 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
290 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
292 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
294 ;;;***
296 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
297 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
298 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18466 54862))
299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
301 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
302 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
303 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
304 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
305 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
306 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
307 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
308 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
309 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
310 interpreted as `error'.")
312 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
314 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
315 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
316 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
317 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
318 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
319 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
320 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
321 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
323 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
325 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
326 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
328 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
330 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
331 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
336 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
337 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
338 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
339 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
340 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
341 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
342 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
343 will be overwritten with the new one.
344 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
345 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
346 will clear the cache.
348 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
350 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
351 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
352 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
353 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
354 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
355 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
356 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
357 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
358 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
359 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
360 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
361 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
362 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
363 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
364 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
365 definition will always be cached for later usage.
367 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
369 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
370 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
371 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
373 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
374 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
375 BODY...)
377 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
378 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
379 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
380 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
381 see also `ad-add-advice'.
382 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
383 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
384 before/around/after-advices will be used.
385 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
386 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
387 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
388 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
389 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
392 Semantics of the various flags:
393 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
394 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
395 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
397 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
398 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
400 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
401 advised function should be compiled.
403 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
404 during activation until somebody enables it.
406 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
407 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
408 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
409 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
411 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
412 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
413 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
414 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
415 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
416 during preloading.
418 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
419 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
420 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
421 BODY...)
423 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
425 ;;;***
427 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
428 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
429 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18464 4586))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
432 (autoload 'align "align" "\
433 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
434 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
435 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
436 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
437 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
438 rule's `separate' attribute).
440 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
441 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
442 `separate' attribute set.
444 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
445 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
446 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
447 on the format of these lists.
449 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
452 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
453 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
454 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
455 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
456 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
457 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
458 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
459 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
460 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
461 options.
463 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
464 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
466 Fred (123) 456-7890
467 Alice (123) 456-7890
468 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
469 Joe (123) 456-7890
471 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
472 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
473 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
475 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
478 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
479 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
480 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
481 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
482 align that section.
484 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
486 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
487 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
488 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
489 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
490 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
491 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
492 been used to align that section.
494 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
496 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
497 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
498 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
499 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
500 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
501 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
502 to be colored.
504 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
506 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
507 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
509 \(fn)" t nil)
511 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
512 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
514 \(fn)" t nil)
516 ;;;***
518 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
519 ;;;;;; (18486 19383))
520 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
555 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
556 \\<allout-mode-map>
558 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
559 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
560 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
562 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
563 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
564 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
565 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
566 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
567 outline.)
569 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
571 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
572 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
573 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
574 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
575 - easy topic encryption and decryption
576 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
577 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
578 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
580 and many other features.
582 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
583 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
584 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
585 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
586 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
588 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
589 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
590 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
591 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
592 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
593 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
594 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
595 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
597 Exposure Control:
598 ----------------
599 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
600 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
601 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
603 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
605 Navigation:
606 ----------
607 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
608 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
609 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
610 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
611 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
612 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
613 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
614 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
615 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
616 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
619 Topic Header Production:
620 -----------------------
621 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
622 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
623 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
625 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
626 ---------------------------------
627 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
628 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
629 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
630 current topic
631 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
632 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
633 are alternated according to nesting depth.
634 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
635 the offspring are not affected.
636 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
638 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
639 ----------------------------------
640 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
641 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
642 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
643 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
644 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
645 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
646 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
647 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
649 Topic-oriented Encryption:
650 -------------------------
651 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
652 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
654 Misc commands:
655 -------------
656 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
657 and establish a default file-var setting
658 for `allout-layout'.
659 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
660 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
661 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
662 buffer with name derived from derived from that
663 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
664 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
665 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
666 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
667 format.
668 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
669 auto-activation.
671 Topic Encryption
673 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
674 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
675 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
676 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
678 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
679 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
680 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
681 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
683 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
684 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
685 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
686 pitfalls.
688 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
689 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
690 for details.
692 HOT-SPOT Operation
694 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
695 navigation and exposure control.
697 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
698 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
699 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
700 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
701 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
703 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
704 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
705 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
706 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
707 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
709 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
710 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
711 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
712 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
713 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
714 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
715 at the beginning of the current entry.
717 Extending Allout
719 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
720 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
721 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
723 `allout-mode-hook'
724 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
725 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
726 `allout-structure-added-hook'
727 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
728 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
730 Terminology
732 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
734 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
735 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
736 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
737 CURRENT ITEM:
738 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
739 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
740 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
741 called the:
742 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
744 ANCESTORS:
745 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
746 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
747 of the ITEM.
748 OFFSPRING:
749 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
750 SUBTOPIC:
751 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
752 CHILD:
753 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
754 SIBLINGS:
755 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
757 Topic text constituents:
759 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
760 text.
761 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
762 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
763 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
764 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
765 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
766 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
767 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
768 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
769 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
770 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
771 the PREFIX.
773 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
774 of the ITEM.
775 PREFIX-LEAD:
776 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
777 It can be customized by changing the setting of
778 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
780 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
781 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
782 program code without interfering with processing of the text
783 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
784 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
785 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
786 docstring for more detail.
787 PREFIX-PADDING:
788 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
789 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
790 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
791 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
792 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
793 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
794 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
795 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
796 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
797 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
798 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
799 more details.
800 EXPOSURE:
801 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
802 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
803 CONCEALED:
804 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
805 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
807 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
808 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
809 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
811 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
813 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
815 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
816 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
818 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
819 setup for auto-startup.
821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
823 ;;;***
825 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
826 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18464 4595))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
829 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
831 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
832 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
833 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
834 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
835 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
836 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
838 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
840 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
841 Not documented
843 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
845 ;;;***
847 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
848 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18464 4597))
849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
851 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
852 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
853 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
854 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
855 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
856 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
857 in the current window.
859 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
861 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
862 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
863 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
865 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
867 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
868 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
869 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
871 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
873 ;;;***
875 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
876 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18464 4586))
877 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
879 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
880 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
882 \(fn)" t nil)
884 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
885 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
887 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
888 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
889 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
890 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
892 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
893 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
895 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
897 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
899 ;;;***
901 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
902 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18464 4597))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
905 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
906 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
907 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
908 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
909 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
910 \\[yank].
912 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
913 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
914 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
915 the rules.
917 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
918 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
919 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
920 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
922 \(fn)" t nil)
924 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
925 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
926 \\{antlr-mode-map}
928 \(fn)" t nil)
930 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
931 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
932 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
934 \(fn)" nil nil)
936 ;;;***
938 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
939 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18496 20954))
940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
942 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
943 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
944 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
946 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
948 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
949 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
951 \(fn)" t nil)
953 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
954 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
955 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
956 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
957 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
958 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
959 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
961 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
963 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
964 appointment package (if it is not already active).
966 \(fn)" nil nil)
968 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
969 Toggle checking of appointments.
970 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
971 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
975 ;;;***
977 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
978 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
979 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18509 61309))
980 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
982 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
983 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
984 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
985 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
987 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
988 kind of objects to search.
990 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
992 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
993 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
994 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
995 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
996 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
997 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
999 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1000 normal variables.
1002 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1004 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1006 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1007 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1008 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1009 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1010 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1011 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1013 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1014 noninteractive functions.
1016 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1017 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1019 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1020 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1022 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1024 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1025 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1027 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1029 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1030 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1031 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1032 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1040 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1047 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1048 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1049 thus be found in `load-history'.
1051 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1053 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1054 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1061 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1062 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1067 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1074 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1075 bindings.
1076 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1080 ;;;***
1082 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18494
1083 ;;;;;; 34225))
1084 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1086 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1087 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1088 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1089 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1090 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1091 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1094 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1095 archive.
1097 \\{archive-mode-map}
1099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1101 ;;;***
1103 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18464 4587))
1104 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1106 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1107 Major mode for editing arrays.
1109 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1110 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1111 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1113 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1115 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1116 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1117 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1119 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1120 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1121 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1122 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1123 The variables are:
1125 Variables you assign:
1126 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1127 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1128 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1129 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1130 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1131 row numbers in the buffer.
1133 Variables which are calculated:
1134 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1135 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1137 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1138 take a numeric prefix argument):
1140 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1141 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1142 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1143 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1145 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1146 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1147 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1148 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1150 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1151 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1152 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1153 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1155 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1156 between that of point and mark.
1158 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1159 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1161 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1162 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1163 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1164 newlines inside rows)
1166 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1168 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1170 \(fn)" t nil)
1172 ;;;***
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18512
1175 ;;;;;; 40702))
1176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1178 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1179 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1180 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1181 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1183 How to quit artist mode
1185 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1188 How to submit a bug report
1190 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1193 Drawing with the mouse:
1195 mouse-2
1196 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1197 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1198 below).
1200 mouse-1
1201 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1202 or pastes:
1204 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1205 --------------------------------------------------------------
1206 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1207 to new point
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1224 lines
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Paste Paste Paste
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1235 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1236 or diagonally.
1238 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1239 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1240 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1241 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1242 poly-lines.
1244 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1245 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1246 overwrite means the opposite.
1248 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1249 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1250 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1252 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1254 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1255 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1257 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1258 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1259 are currently drawing something.
1261 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1262 some time to fill.
1265 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1266 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1269 Settings
1271 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1273 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1275 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1277 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1279 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1280 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1282 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1285 Drawing with keys
1287 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1288 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1289 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1290 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1291 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1292 When pasting: Pastes
1294 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1296 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1298 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1299 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1300 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1301 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1302 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1303 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1306 Arrows
1308 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1309 of the line/poly-line
1311 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1312 of the line/poly-line
1315 Selecting operation
1317 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1319 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1321 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1322 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1323 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1326 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1327 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1328 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1329 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1330 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1331 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1332 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1334 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1335 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1336 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1338 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1341 Variables
1343 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1344 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1346 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1347 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1348 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1349 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1350 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1351 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1352 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1353 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1354 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1355 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1356 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1357 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1358 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1359 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1360 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1361 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1362 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1363 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1364 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1366 Hooks
1368 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1369 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1372 Keymap summary
1374 \\{artist-mode-map}
1376 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1378 ;;;***
1380 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18464
1381 ;;;;;; 4597))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1384 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1385 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1386 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1388 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1390 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1391 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1393 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1394 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1396 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1397 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1399 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1401 Special commands:
1402 \\{asm-mode-map}
1404 \(fn)" t nil)
1406 ;;;***
1408 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1409 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
1410 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1412 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1413 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1414 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1416 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1418 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1419 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1420 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1421 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1422 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1423 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1424 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1425 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1426 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1427 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1429 For example:
1430 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1431 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1432 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1433 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1434 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1436 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1440 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1441 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1445 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1447 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1449 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1450 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1451 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1452 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1453 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1454 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1456 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1460 ;;;***
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1463 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1466 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1467 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1469 \(fn)" t nil)
1471 ;;;***
1473 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1474 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18494 34225))
1475 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1477 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1478 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1479 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1481 \(fn)" t nil)
1483 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1484 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1485 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1486 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1488 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1490 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1497 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1499 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1500 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1501 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1502 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1504 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1505 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1509 ;;;***
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1512 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (18510 22448))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1516 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1518 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1519 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1520 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1521 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1522 save the buffer too.
1524 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1526 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1528 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1529 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1530 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1531 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1532 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1533 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1535 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1536 directory or directories specified.
1538 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1540 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1541 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1542 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1544 \(fn)" nil nil)
1546 ;;;***
1548 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1549 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1550 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18464 4587))
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1553 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1554 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1556 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1557 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1558 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1559 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1560 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1564 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1565 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1567 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1568 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1570 \(fn)" nil nil)
1572 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1573 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1574 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1576 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1577 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1578 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1579 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1580 reflected in the current buffer.
1582 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1583 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1584 writing before you save the file!
1586 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1590 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1591 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1593 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1594 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1596 \(fn)" nil nil)
1598 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1599 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1600 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1603 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1605 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1607 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1608 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1610 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1611 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1612 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1616 ;;;***
1618 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1619 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18464 4587))
1620 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1622 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1623 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1624 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1626 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1628 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1630 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1631 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1632 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1633 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1635 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1636 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1637 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1639 Effects of the different modes:
1640 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1641 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1642 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1643 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1644 a random distance & direction.
1645 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1646 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1647 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1649 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1651 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1652 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1653 definition of \"random distance\".)
1655 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1660 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1662 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1664 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1665 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1666 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1667 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1669 \(fn)" t nil)
1671 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1672 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1673 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1676 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1678 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1680 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1681 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1682 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1683 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1684 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1685 seconds.
1687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1689 ;;;***
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1692 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18463 55075))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1695 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1696 Time execution of FORMS.
1697 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1698 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1699 FORMS once.
1700 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1701 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1702 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1704 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1706 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1707 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1708 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1709 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1710 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1712 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1714 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1715 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1716 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1717 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1718 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1720 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1722 ;;;***
1724 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1725 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18464 4601))
1726 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1728 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1729 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1730 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1731 of corresponding buffers.
1732 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1733 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1734 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1735 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1736 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1737 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1739 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1741 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1742 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1744 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1746 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1747 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1748 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1749 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1751 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1752 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1753 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1754 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1755 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1757 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1758 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1761 Special information:
1763 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1765 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1766 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1767 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1768 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1769 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1770 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1771 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1772 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1773 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1774 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1775 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1777 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1778 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1779 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1780 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1781 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1782 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1783 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1784 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1786 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1788 ----------------------------------------------------------
1789 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1790 if that value is non-nil.
1792 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1794 \(fn)" t nil)
1796 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1797 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1798 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1799 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1800 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1801 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1802 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1803 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1804 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1805 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1807 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1809 ;;;***
1811 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1812 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
1813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1814 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1816 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1817 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1819 \(fn)" t nil)
1821 ;;;***
1823 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1824 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1825 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
1826 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1828 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1830 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1831 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1832 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1834 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1836 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1837 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1839 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1841 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1842 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1844 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1846 ;;;***
1848 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18464
1849 ;;;;;; 4597))
1850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1852 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1853 Play blackbox.
1854 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1856 What is blackbox?
1858 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1859 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1860 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1861 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1862 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1863 your score.
1865 Overview of play:
1867 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1868 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1869 four.
1871 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1872 movement keys.
1874 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1875 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1877 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1878 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1880 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1881 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1882 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1883 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1884 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1885 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1887 Details:
1889 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1891 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1892 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1893 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1894 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1896 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1897 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1898 denoted by the letter `R'.
1900 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1901 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1902 denoted by the letter `H'.
1904 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1905 example.
1907 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1908 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1909 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1910 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1911 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1912 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1913 ray.
1915 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1916 degree deflection it causes.
1919 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1922 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1924 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1929 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1930 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1943 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1944 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1945 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1946 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1947 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1948 emerging from the box.
1950 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1955 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1957 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1961 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1962 a reflection.
1964 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1969 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1970 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1971 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18464
1972 ;;;;;; 4587))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1974 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1975 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1976 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1978 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1979 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1980 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1981 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1982 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1983 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1984 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1986 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1987 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1988 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1989 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1990 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1991 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1992 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1993 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1994 recent one.
1996 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1997 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1998 yank successive words.
2000 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2001 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2002 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2003 name of the file being visited.
2005 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2006 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2007 the list of bookmarks.)
2009 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2011 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2012 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2013 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2014 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2015 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2016 this.
2018 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2019 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2020 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2021 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2023 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2025 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2026 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2027 See `bookmark-jump'.
2029 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2031 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2032 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2033 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2034 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2035 after a bookmark was set in it.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2040 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2041 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2042 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2044 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2046 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2048 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2049 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2050 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2051 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2053 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2054 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2055 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2057 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2058 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2059 name.
2061 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2063 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2064 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2065 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2066 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2067 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2068 this.
2070 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2072 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2073 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2074 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2075 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2076 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2077 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2078 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2079 probably because we were called from there.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2083 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2084 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2085 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2087 \(fn)" t nil)
2089 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2090 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2091 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2092 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2093 \(second argument).
2095 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2096 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2097 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2098 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2099 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2101 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2102 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2103 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2104 `bookmark-default-file'.
2106 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2108 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2109 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2110 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2111 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2112 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2113 while loading.
2115 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2116 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2117 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2118 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2119 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2120 explicitly.
2122 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2123 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2124 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2125 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2127 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2129 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2130 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2131 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2132 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2133 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2135 \(fn)" t nil)
2137 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2139 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2141 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2143 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2145 ;;;***
2147 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2156 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
2157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2159 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2160 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2161 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2162 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2164 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2165 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2166 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2167 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2168 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2170 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2172 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2173 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2175 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2177 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2178 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2180 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2182 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2183 Not documented
2185 \(fn)" nil nil)
2187 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2189 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2190 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2191 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2192 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2194 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2196 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2197 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2198 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2199 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2200 narrowed.
2202 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2205 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2207 \(fn)" t nil)
2209 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2210 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2212 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2214 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2215 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2216 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2217 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2223 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2224 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2229 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2230 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2231 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2232 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2233 to use.
2235 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2238 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2239 Default to the URL around or before point.
2241 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2242 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2243 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2244 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2246 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2247 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2249 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2250 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2252 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2254 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2255 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2256 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2257 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2259 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2260 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2261 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2262 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2264 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2265 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2266 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2268 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2269 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2275 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2276 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2280 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2284 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2285 new tab in an existing window instead.
2287 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2288 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2290 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2292 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2295 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2296 Firefox.
2298 When called interactively, if variable
2299 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2300 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2301 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2302 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2305 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2306 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2308 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2309 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2311 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2312 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2313 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2314 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2315 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2316 URL in a new window.
2318 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2320 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2321 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2322 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2323 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2325 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2326 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2327 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2328 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2331 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2332 new tab in an existing window instead.
2334 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2335 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2347 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2349 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2350 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2351 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2352 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2354 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2355 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2362 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2363 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2364 program is invoked according to the variable
2365 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2367 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2368 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2369 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2370 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point.
2381 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2382 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2383 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2387 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2388 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Default to the URL around or before point.
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2401 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2410 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2411 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2417 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2418 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2419 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2420 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2426 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2427 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2428 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2431 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2432 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2433 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2441 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2442 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2443 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2444 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2445 current one.
2447 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2448 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2449 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2450 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2460 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2461 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2462 don't offer a form of remote control.
2464 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2466 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2467 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2468 Default to the URL around or before point.
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around the point.
2476 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2477 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2479 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2480 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 ;;;***
2486 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18464
2487 ;;;;;; 4597))
2488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2490 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2491 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2493 \(fn)" t nil)
2495 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2496 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2498 \(fn)" nil nil)
2500 ;;;***
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2503 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18464 4587))
2504 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2506 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2507 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2508 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2509 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2511 \(fn)" t nil)
2513 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2514 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2515 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2516 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2518 \(fn)" t nil)
2520 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2521 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2523 \(fn)" t nil)
2525 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2526 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2527 \\<bs-mode-map>
2528 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2529 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2530 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2531 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2533 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2534 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2535 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2536 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2537 name of buffer configuration.
2539 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2541 ;;;***
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18512 40701))
2544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2546 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2547 Play Bubbles game.
2549 \(fn)" t nil)
2551 ;;;***
2553 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2554 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18464 4597))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2557 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2558 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2559 Requires `bug-reference-url-format' to be set in the buffer.
2561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2563 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2564 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2568 ;;;***
2570 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2571 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2572 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2573 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2574 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2575 ;;;;;; (18513 62915))
2576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2577 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2578 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2579 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2580 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2582 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2583 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2585 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2587 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2588 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2589 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2590 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2591 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2592 else the global value will be modified.
2594 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2596 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2597 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2598 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2599 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2600 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2601 else the global value will be modified.
2603 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2605 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2606 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2607 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2609 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2611 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2612 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2613 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2614 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2616 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2617 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2618 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2619 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2620 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2621 before scanning it.
2623 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2624 that already has a `.elc' file.
2626 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2627 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2629 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2630 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2631 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2632 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2633 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2634 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2636 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2638 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2639 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2640 Print the result in the echo area.
2641 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2646 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2647 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2649 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2651 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2652 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2653 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2654 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2655 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2656 all functions called by those functions.
2658 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2659 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2660 cons, etc.).
2662 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2663 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2664 invoked interactively.
2666 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2668 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2669 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2670 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2671 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2673 \(fn)" nil nil)
2675 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2676 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2677 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2678 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2679 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2680 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2681 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2682 already up-to-date.
2684 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2686 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2687 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2688 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2689 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2691 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2692 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2693 and corresponding effects.
2695 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2697 ;;;***
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18509
2700 ;;;;;; 48295))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2703 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2705 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2707 ;;;***
2709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18463 52127))
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2712 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2714 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2716 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2718 ;;;***
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2721 ;;;;;; (18490 37168))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2724 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2725 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2726 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2727 from the cursor position.
2729 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2731 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2733 ;;;***
2735 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2736 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2737 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2738 ;;;;;; (18474 17457))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2741 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2742 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2744 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2745 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2747 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2748 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2752 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2753 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2755 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2757 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2758 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2760 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2762 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2763 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2765 \(fn)" t nil)
2767 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2768 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2769 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2770 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2772 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2774 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2775 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2776 This is most useful in the X window system.
2777 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2778 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2780 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2783 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2784 See calc-keypad for details.
2786 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2789 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2791 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2793 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2794 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2796 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2798 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2799 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2801 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2803 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2804 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2805 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2807 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2810 Not documented
2812 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2814 ;;;***
2816 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18464
2817 ;;;;;; 4587))
2818 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2820 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2821 Run the Emacs calculator.
2822 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2824 \(fn)" t nil)
2826 ;;;***
2828 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18463
2829 ;;;;;; 52127))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2832 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2833 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2834 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2835 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2836 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2837 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2839 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2840 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2841 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2842 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2843 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2844 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2845 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2846 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2847 window.
2849 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2850 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2852 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2853 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2854 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2855 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2856 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2857 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2859 Runs the following hooks:
2861 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2862 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2863 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2864 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2866 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2870 ;;;***
2872 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2873 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18463 55076))
2874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2876 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2877 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2879 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2881 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2882 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2883 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2884 it fails.
2886 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2888 ;;;***
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2891 ;;;;;; (18487 13181))
2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2894 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2895 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2897 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2898 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2899 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2900 restriction to ASCII.
2902 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2904 capitalizedWorDD
2905 ^ ^ ^^
2907 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2908 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2909 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2911 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2912 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2913 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2914 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2915 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2916 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2917 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2919 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2920 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2924 ;;;***
2926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18464
2927 ;;;;;; 4597))
2928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2929 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2931 ;;;***
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2934 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2937 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2938 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2940 \(fn)" nil nil)
2942 ;;;***
2944 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2945 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2946 ;;;;;; (18490 37169))
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2949 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2950 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2951 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2952 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2953 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2954 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2955 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2957 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2959 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2960 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2961 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2962 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2963 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2964 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2965 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2966 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2968 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2969 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2970 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2971 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2972 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2973 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2975 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2977 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2978 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2980 Key bindings:
2981 \\{c-mode-map}
2983 \(fn)" t nil)
2985 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2986 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2988 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2989 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2990 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2991 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2992 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2993 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2994 message.
2996 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2998 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2999 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3001 Key bindings:
3002 \\{c++-mode-map}
3004 \(fn)" t nil)
3006 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3007 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3008 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3010 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3011 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3012 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3013 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3014 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3015 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3016 message.
3018 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3020 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3021 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3023 Key bindings:
3024 \\{objc-mode-map}
3026 \(fn)" t nil)
3028 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3029 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3030 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3032 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3033 Major mode for editing Java code.
3034 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3035 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3036 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3037 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3038 message.
3040 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3042 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3043 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3045 Key bindings:
3046 \\{java-mode-map}
3048 \(fn)" t nil)
3050 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3051 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3052 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3054 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3055 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3056 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3057 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3058 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3059 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3060 message.
3062 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3064 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3065 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3067 Key bindings:
3068 \\{idl-mode-map}
3070 \(fn)" t nil)
3072 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3073 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3074 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3075 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3077 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3078 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3079 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3080 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3081 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3082 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3083 message.
3085 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3087 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3088 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3090 Key bindings:
3091 \\{pike-mode-map}
3093 \(fn)" t nil)
3094 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3095 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3096 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3097 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3098 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3099 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3101 ;;;***
3103 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3104 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18464 4597))
3105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3107 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3108 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3109 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3110 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3112 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3114 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3115 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3116 might get set too.
3118 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3119 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3120 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3121 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3122 way.
3124 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3125 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3126 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3127 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3128 a null operation.
3130 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3133 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3134 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3135 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3137 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3139 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3140 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3141 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3143 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3145 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3146 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3147 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3148 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3149 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3151 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3153 ;;;***
3155 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3156 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3159 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3160 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3161 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3162 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3163 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3164 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3165 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3166 Here are some examples:
3168 Nomenclature Subwords
3169 ===========================================================
3170 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3171 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3172 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3174 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3175 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3176 as words.
3178 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3182 ;;;***
3184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18464 4597))
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3186 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3187 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3188 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3190 ;;;***
3192 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3193 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3194 ;;;;;; (18503 5670))
3195 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3197 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3198 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3200 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3202 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3203 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3205 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3207 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3208 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3210 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3211 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3212 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3213 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3214 execution.
3216 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3218 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3220 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3221 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3223 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3224 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3225 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3226 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3228 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3229 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3230 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3231 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3232 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3233 `write' commands.
3235 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3236 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3237 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3238 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3240 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3241 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3242 semantics.
3244 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3246 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3248 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3250 STATEMENT :=
3251 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3252 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3254 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3255 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3256 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3257 | integer
3259 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3261 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3262 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3263 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3265 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3266 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3267 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3269 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3270 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3272 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3273 BREAK := (break)
3275 REPEAT :=
3276 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3277 (repeat)
3278 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3279 ;; (repeat))
3280 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3281 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3282 ;; (read REG)
3283 ;; (repeat))
3284 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3285 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3286 ;; (read REG)
3287 ;; (repeat))
3288 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3290 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3291 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3292 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3293 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3294 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3295 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3296 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3297 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3298 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3299 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3300 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3301 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3302 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3303 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3304 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3305 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3307 WRITE :=
3308 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3309 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3310 ;; representation.
3311 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3312 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3313 ;; (write r7))
3314 | (write EXPRESSION)
3315 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3316 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3317 ;; representation.
3318 | (write integer)
3319 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3320 ;; buffer.
3321 | (write string)
3322 ;; Same as: (write string)
3323 | string
3324 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3325 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3326 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3327 ;; representation.
3328 | (write REG ARRAY)
3329 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3330 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3331 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3332 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3333 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3334 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3336 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3337 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3339 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3340 END := (end)
3342 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3343 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3344 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3346 ARG := REG | integer
3348 OPERATOR :=
3349 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3350 + | - | * | / | %
3352 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3353 | & | `|' | ^
3355 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3356 | << | >>
3358 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3359 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3360 | <8
3362 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3363 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3364 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3365 | >8
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3370 | //
3372 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3373 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3375 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3376 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3379 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3380 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3381 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3382 | de-sjis
3384 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3385 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3386 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3387 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3388 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3389 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3390 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3391 ;; byte of SJIS.
3392 | en-sjis
3394 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3395 ;; Same meaning as C code
3396 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3398 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3399 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3400 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3401 | <8=
3403 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3404 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3405 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3407 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3408 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3409 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3410 | //=
3412 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3415 TRANSLATE :=
3416 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3417 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3418 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3419 LOOKUP :=
3420 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3421 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3422 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3423 MAP :=
3424 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3425 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3426 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3427 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3428 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3429 MAP-ID := integer
3431 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3433 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3434 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3435 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3436 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3437 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3438 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3440 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3442 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3443 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3444 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3446 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3448 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3450 ;;;***
3452 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3453 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
3454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3456 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3457 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3458 There are no special keybindings by default.
3460 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3461 to the action header.
3463 \(fn)" t nil)
3465 ;;;***
3467 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3468 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18511 43310))
3469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3471 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3472 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3473 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3475 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3477 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3478 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3479 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3480 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3481 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3483 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3485 ;;;***
3487 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3488 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3489 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3490 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3495 ;;;;;; (18496 17482))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3497 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3498 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3500 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3501 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3502 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3503 the users will view as each check is completed.
3505 \(fn)" t nil)
3507 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3508 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3509 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3510 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3511 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3512 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3513 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3514 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3516 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3519 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3520 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3521 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3522 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3523 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3524 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3525 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3527 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3530 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3531 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3532 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3533 spacing are all verified.
3535 \(fn)" t nil)
3537 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3538 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3539 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3540 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3541 otherwise stop after the first error.
3543 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3545 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3546 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3547 Only documentation strings are checked.
3548 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3549 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3550 a separate buffer.
3552 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3554 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3555 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3556 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3557 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3558 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3560 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3562 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3563 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3564 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3565 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3566 if there is one.
3568 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3570 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3571 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3572 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3573 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3574 if there is one.
3575 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3577 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3579 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3580 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3581 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3583 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3585 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3586 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3587 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3588 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3589 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3591 \(fn)" t nil)
3593 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3594 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3595 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3596 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3597 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3598 space at the end of each line.
3600 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3602 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3603 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3604 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3607 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3609 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3610 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3611 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3612 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3614 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3616 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3617 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3618 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3619 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3621 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3624 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3625 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3626 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3628 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3631 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3632 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3633 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3635 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3638 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3639 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3640 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3642 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3644 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3645 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3646 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3647 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3649 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3651 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3652 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3653 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3656 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3658 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3660 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3665 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3666 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3667 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3668 turn it off.
3670 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3671 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3672 checking of documentation strings.
3674 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3678 ;;;***
3680 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3681 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3682 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18464 4595))
3683 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3685 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3686 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3687 Return the length of resulting text.
3689 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3691 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3692 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3694 \(fn)" t nil)
3696 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3697 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3698 Return the length of resulting text.
3700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3702 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3703 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3707 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3708 Not documented
3710 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3712 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3713 Not documented
3715 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3717 ;;;***
3719 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3720 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18464 4587))
3721 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3723 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3724 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3725 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3726 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3727 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3728 editing and the result is evaluated.
3730 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3732 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3733 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3734 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3735 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3736 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3738 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3740 \(fn)" t nil)
3742 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3743 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3744 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3745 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3746 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3748 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3749 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3750 \\{command-history-map}
3752 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3753 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3755 \(fn)" t nil)
3757 ;;;***
3759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18472 7271))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3762 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3763 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3764 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3765 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3766 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3767 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3769 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3770 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3772 ;;;***
3774 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3775 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
3776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3778 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3779 Not documented
3781 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3783 ;;;***
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3786 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3789 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3790 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3791 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3792 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3794 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3795 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3796 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3797 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3799 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3800 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3802 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3804 ;;;***
3806 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18464
3807 ;;;;;; 4587))
3808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3810 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3811 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3812 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3813 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3814 of `scheme-program-name').
3815 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3816 it is given as initial input.
3817 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3818 discards input when it starts up.
3819 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3820 is run).
3821 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3823 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3824 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3826 ;;;***
3828 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3829 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
3830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3832 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
3833 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
3835 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3837 ;;;***
3839 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3840 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3841 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3842 ;;;;;; (18514 54189))
3843 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3845 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3846 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3847 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3848 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3849 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3850 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3851 functions have already modified the buffer.
3853 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3855 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3856 either globally or locally.")
3858 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3860 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3861 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3862 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3863 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3864 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3865 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3866 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3867 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3869 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3871 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3873 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3874 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3875 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3876 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3877 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3878 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3879 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3880 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3882 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3884 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3886 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3887 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3888 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3889 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3890 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3891 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3893 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3895 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3896 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3897 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3898 directory tracking functions.")
3900 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3901 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3902 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3904 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3906 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3909 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3910 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3912 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3914 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3917 Send COMMAND to current process.
3918 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3919 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3921 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3923 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3924 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3925 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3926 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3928 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3930 ;;;***
3932 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18464
3933 ;;;;;; 4587))
3934 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3936 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3937 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3938 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3939 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3941 This command pushes the mark in each window
3942 at the prior location of point in that window.
3943 If both windows display the same buffer,
3944 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3945 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3947 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3948 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3949 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3950 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3951 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3952 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3953 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3954 ignored.
3956 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3957 this command work in interlaced mode:
3958 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3959 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3960 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3962 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3964 ;;;***
3966 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3967 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3968 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3969 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3970 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18514 54190))
3971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3973 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3974 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3976 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3978 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3979 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3981 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3983 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3984 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3985 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3986 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3987 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3988 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3989 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3991 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3992 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3993 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3994 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3995 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3997 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3998 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3999 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4000 describing how the process finished.")
4002 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4003 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4004 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4005 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4006 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4008 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4009 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4010 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4012 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4014 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4015 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4016 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4017 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4019 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4021 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4022 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4024 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4025 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4027 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4028 (lambda ()
4029 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4030 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4031 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4032 (concat \"make -k \"
4033 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4035 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4036 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4038 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4039 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4040 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4041 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4043 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4045 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4046 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4047 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4048 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4050 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4051 and move to the source code that caused it.
4053 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4054 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4056 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4057 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4058 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4059 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4061 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4062 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4063 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4064 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4066 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4067 kills its subprocesses.
4069 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4070 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4071 to a function that generates a unique name.
4073 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4075 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4076 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4077 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4078 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4080 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4081 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4083 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4084 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4085 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4086 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4088 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4089 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4090 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4092 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4094 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4096 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4097 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4098 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4099 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4100 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4102 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4104 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4106 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4108 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4109 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4110 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4111 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4112 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4113 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4114 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4118 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4119 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4120 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4121 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4122 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4123 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4127 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4128 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4129 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4131 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4133 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4135 ;;;***
4137 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4138 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
4139 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4141 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4142 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4143 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4146 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4148 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4150 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4151 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4152 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4154 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4155 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4156 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4157 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4159 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4160 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4161 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4162 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4164 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4165 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4166 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4167 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4169 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4170 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4171 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4172 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4173 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4177 ;;;***
4179 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4180 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
4181 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4183 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4184 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4185 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4187 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4188 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4190 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4192 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4193 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4197 ;;;***
4199 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4200 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18474
4201 ;;;;;; 19273))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4204 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4205 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4206 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4207 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4209 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4211 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4212 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4213 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4214 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4215 Composition on.
4217 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4218 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4220 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4221 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4225 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4226 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4227 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4230 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4232 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4234 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4235 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4236 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4237 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4238 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4240 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4242 ;;;***
4244 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4245 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4246 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4247 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
4248 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4250 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4251 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4252 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4253 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4254 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4255 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4256 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4258 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4259 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4260 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4262 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4263 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4264 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4266 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4267 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4268 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4269 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4271 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4272 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4273 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4274 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4275 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4276 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4277 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4279 \\{conf-mode-map}
4281 \(fn)" t nil)
4283 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4284 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4285 Comments start with `#'.
4286 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4288 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4290 \[Desktop Entry]
4291 Encoding=UTF-8
4292 Name=The GIMP
4293 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4294 Name[cs]=GIMP
4296 \(fn)" t nil)
4298 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4299 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4300 Comments start with `;'.
4301 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4303 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4305 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4306 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4307 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4309 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4310 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4312 \(fn)" t nil)
4314 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4315 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4316 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4317 between `/*' and `*/'.
4318 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4320 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4321 // another kind of comment
4322 /* yet another */
4324 name:value
4325 name=value
4326 name value
4327 x.1 =
4328 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4329 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4331 \(fn)" t nil)
4333 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4334 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4335 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4336 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4337 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4338 `conf-space-keywords'.
4339 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4340 in an interactive fashion instead.
4342 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4344 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4346 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4347 image/png png
4348 image/tiff tiff tif
4350 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4351 class desktop
4352 # Standard multimedia devices
4353 add /dev/audio desktop
4354 add /dev/mixer desktop
4356 \(fn)" t nil)
4358 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4359 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4360 See `conf-space-mode'.
4362 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4364 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4365 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4366 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4367 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4369 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4371 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4372 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4374 \(fn)" t nil)
4376 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4377 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4378 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4379 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4381 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4383 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4384 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4386 \(fn)" t nil)
4388 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4389 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4390 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4391 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4393 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4395 *background: gray99
4396 *foreground: black
4398 \(fn)" t nil)
4400 ;;;***
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4403 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18499 52149))
4404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4406 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4407 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4408 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4409 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4411 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4413 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4414 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4415 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4416 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4418 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4420 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4421 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4422 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4423 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4425 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4427 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4428 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4430 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4432 ;;;***
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4435 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18463 55075))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4438 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4439 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4440 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4441 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4442 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4443 following the copyright are updated as well.
4444 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4445 interactively.
4447 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4449 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4450 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4451 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4453 \(fn)" t nil)
4455 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4456 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4458 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4460 ;;;***
4462 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4463 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18512 40701))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4465 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4466 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4467 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4468 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4469 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4470 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4471 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4473 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4474 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4475 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4476 Tab indents for Perl code.
4477 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4478 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4480 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4481 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4482 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4483 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4484 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4485 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4486 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4487 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4488 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4489 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4490 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4491 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4493 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4495 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4496 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4498 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4500 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4501 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4502 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4503 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4504 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4505 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4506 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4507 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4508 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4510 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4512 bite if angry;
4514 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4515 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4516 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4517 to nil.)
4519 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4520 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4521 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4523 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4525 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4526 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4527 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4528 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4529 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4531 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4533 if (A) { B }
4535 into
4537 B if A;
4539 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4541 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4542 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4543 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4544 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4545 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4546 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4547 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4548 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4549 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4550 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4551 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4552 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4553 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4555 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4556 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4557 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4558 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4559 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4560 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4562 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4563 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4564 man via menu.
4566 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4567 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4568 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4569 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4570 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4572 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4573 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4574 span the needed amount of lines.
4576 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4577 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4578 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4579 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4581 Variables controlling indentation style:
4582 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4583 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4584 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4585 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4586 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4587 `cperl-auto-newline'
4588 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4589 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4590 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4591 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4592 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4593 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4594 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4595 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4596 `cperl-indent-level'
4597 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4598 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4599 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4600 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4601 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4602 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4603 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4604 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4605 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4606 `cperl-brace-offset'
4607 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4608 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4609 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4610 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4611 `cperl-label-offset'
4612 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4613 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4614 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4616 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4617 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4618 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4619 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4620 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4621 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4623 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4624 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4625 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4626 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4628 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4629 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4630 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4631 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4632 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4633 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4635 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4636 column 0 is indented on
4637 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4639 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4640 with no args.
4642 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4643 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4644 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4648 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4649 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4651 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4653 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4654 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4656 \(fn)" t nil)
4658 ;;;***
4660 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4661 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
4662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4664 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4665 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4666 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4667 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4668 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4672 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4673 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4677 ;;;***
4679 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4680 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
4681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4683 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4684 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4685 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4686 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4689 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4691 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4693 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4694 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4695 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4699 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4701 ;;;***
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4707 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4708 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4709 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4710 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4712 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4713 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4714 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4715 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4717 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4718 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4719 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4721 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4722 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4723 'bob', and 'eve'.
4725 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4726 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4727 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4729 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4731 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4732 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4733 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4735 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4737 ;;;***
4739 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18464
4740 ;;;;;; 4602))
4741 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4742 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4744 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4745 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4747 \(fn)" t nil)
4749 ;;;***
4751 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4752 ;;;;;; (18472 7273))
4753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4755 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4756 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4757 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4760 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4762 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4764 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4765 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4766 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4767 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4768 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4770 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4771 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4772 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4773 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4774 function of these prefix keys.
4776 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4777 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4778 options:
4779 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4780 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4781 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4783 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4784 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4785 the prefix fallback behavior.
4787 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4788 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4789 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4790 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4794 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4795 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4799 ;;;***
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4802 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4803 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4804 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4805 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4806 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4807 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4808 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4809 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4810 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4811 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
4812 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4814 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4815 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4817 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4819 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4820 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4822 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4824 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4825 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4827 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4828 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4830 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4831 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4833 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4834 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4836 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4837 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4839 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4841 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4843 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4844 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4845 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4847 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4848 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4850 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4851 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4853 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4854 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4856 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4858 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4860 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4861 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4862 Return VALUE.
4864 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4865 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4867 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4868 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4870 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4871 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4873 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4875 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4877 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4878 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4879 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4880 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4881 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4883 \(fn)" t nil)
4885 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4886 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4887 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4888 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4890 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4892 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4893 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4895 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4897 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4898 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4900 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4902 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4904 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4905 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4907 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4909 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4911 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4912 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4913 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4915 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4917 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4918 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4919 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4920 as part of Emacs itself.
4922 Each elements looks like this:
4924 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4926 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4927 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4928 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4929 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4930 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4931 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4932 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4933 and `defface'.
4935 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4937 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4938 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4939 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4940 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4941 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4943 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4944 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4945 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4946 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4948 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4950 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4951 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4952 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4953 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4954 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4956 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4957 that were added or redefined since that version.
4959 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4961 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4962 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4963 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4964 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4966 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4967 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4969 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4971 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4972 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4973 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4975 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4976 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4978 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4980 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4981 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4983 \(fn)" t nil)
4985 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4986 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4988 \(fn)" t nil)
4990 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4991 Customize all already saved user options.
4993 \(fn)" t nil)
4995 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4996 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4997 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4998 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4999 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5000 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5001 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5002 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5004 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5006 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5007 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5008 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5009 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5011 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5013 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5014 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5016 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5018 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5019 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5021 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5023 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5024 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5025 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5026 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5027 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5028 that option.
5030 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5032 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5033 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5034 The result includes selecting that window.
5035 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5036 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5037 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5038 that option.
5040 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5042 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5043 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5045 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5047 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5048 File used for storing customization information.
5049 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5050 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5051 it should be an absolute file name.
5053 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5054 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5055 something like the following in your init file:
5057 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5058 \(load custom-file)
5060 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5061 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5063 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5064 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5065 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5066 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5067 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5069 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5070 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5071 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5072 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5073 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5074 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5075 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5076 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5077 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5078 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5080 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5082 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5083 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5085 \(fn)" nil nil)
5087 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5088 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5090 \(fn)" t nil)
5092 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5093 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5094 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5096 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5098 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5099 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5100 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5101 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5102 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5104 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5106 ;;;***
5108 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5109 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
5110 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5112 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5113 Create a custom theme.
5115 \(fn)" t nil)
5117 ;;;***
5119 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5120 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
5121 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5123 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5124 Mode used for cvs status output.
5126 \(fn)" t nil)
5128 ;;;***
5130 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5131 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18464 4598))
5132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5134 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5135 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5137 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5138 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5139 C++ modes are included.
5141 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5145 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5146 Turn on CWarn mode.
5148 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5149 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5151 \(fn)" nil nil)
5153 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5154 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5155 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5157 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5158 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5162 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5163 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5164 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5165 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5166 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5170 ;;;***
5172 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5173 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5174 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5177 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5178 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5180 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5182 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5183 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5185 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5187 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5188 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5189 For readability, the table is slightly
5190 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5192 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5193 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5194 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5195 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5196 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5198 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5200 ;;;***
5202 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5203 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5205 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5206 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5208 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5209 Completion on current word.
5210 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5211 and presents suggestions for completion.
5213 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5214 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5215 completions.
5217 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5218 then it searches *all* buffers.
5220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5222 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5223 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5225 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5226 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5227 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5228 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5229 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5231 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5232 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5234 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5235 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5236 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5238 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5239 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5241 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5245 ;;;***
5247 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18464
5248 ;;;;;; 4595))
5249 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5251 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5252 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5253 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5254 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5256 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5258 ;;;***
5260 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18464
5261 ;;;;;; 4598))
5262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5264 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5265 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5267 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5268 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5269 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5271 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5272 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5273 Data lines are not indented.
5275 Key bindings:
5277 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5278 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5280 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5281 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5282 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5283 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5285 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5287 dcl-basic-offset
5288 Extra indentation within blocks.
5290 dcl-continuation-offset
5291 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5293 dcl-margin-offset
5294 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5296 dcl-margin-label-offset
5297 Indentation for a label.
5299 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5300 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5302 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5303 dcl-block-end-regexp
5304 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5305 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5306 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5307 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5308 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5310 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5311 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5312 Two such functions are included in the package:
5313 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5314 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5316 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5317 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5318 One such function is included in the package:
5319 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5321 dcl-tab-always-indent
5322 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5323 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5324 margin.
5326 dcl-electric-characters
5327 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5328 typed.
5330 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5331 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5332 which words trigger electric indentation.
5334 dcl-tempo-comma
5335 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5336 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5337 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5339 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5340 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5341 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5342 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5344 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5345 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5346 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5347 dcl-imenu-label-call
5348 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5350 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5351 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5352 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5353 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5356 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5358 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5359 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5360 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5361 $ i = 1
5362 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5363 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5364 $ label:
5365 $ if i.eq.1
5366 $ then
5367 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5368 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5369 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5370 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5371 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5372 \"lined up with the command line\"
5373 $ type sys$input
5374 Data lines are not indented at all.
5375 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5376 $ endif
5380 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5381 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5383 \(fn)" t nil)
5385 ;;;***
5387 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5388 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18463 55075))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5391 (setq debugger 'debug)
5393 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5394 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5395 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5396 of the evaluator.
5398 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5399 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5400 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5402 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5404 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5405 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5407 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5409 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5410 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5411 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5412 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5413 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5414 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5416 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5417 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5419 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5421 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5422 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5423 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5424 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5425 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5427 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5429 ;;;***
5431 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5432 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
5433 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5435 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5436 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5438 \(fn)" t nil)
5440 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5441 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5442 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5443 Upper-case letters are commands.
5445 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5446 modify it.
5448 The most useful commands are:
5449 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5450 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5451 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5452 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5453 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5454 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5456 \(fn)" t nil)
5458 ;;;***
5460 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5461 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18464
5462 ;;;;;; 4587))
5463 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5465 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5466 Customization of `columns' group.
5468 \(fn)" t nil)
5470 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5471 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5473 START and END delimits the text region.
5475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5477 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5478 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5480 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5482 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5484 ;;;***
5486 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18464
5487 ;;;;;; 4598))
5488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5490 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5491 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5492 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5493 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5494 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5495 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5497 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5499 Customization:
5501 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5502 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5503 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5504 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5505 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5506 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5507 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5508 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5509 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5510 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5511 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5512 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5513 blank line.
5514 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5515 Directories to search when finding external units.
5516 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5517 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5519 Coloring:
5521 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5522 Face used to color delphi comments.
5523 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5524 Face used to color delphi strings.
5525 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5526 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5527 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5528 Face used to color everything else.
5530 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5531 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5533 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5535 ;;;***
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18464
5538 ;;;;;; 4587))
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5541 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5543 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5544 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5545 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5547 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5548 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5550 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5552 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5553 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5554 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5555 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5557 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5558 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5559 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5560 any selection.
5562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5564 ;;;***
5566 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5567 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18463 55075))
5568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5570 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5571 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5573 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5575 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5576 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5577 or nil if there is no parent.
5578 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5579 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5580 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5581 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5582 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5584 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5585 arguments are currently understood:
5586 :group GROUP
5587 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5588 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5589 :syntax-table TABLE
5590 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5591 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5592 :abbrev-table TABLE
5593 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5594 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5596 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5598 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5600 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5601 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5602 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5604 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5605 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5607 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5608 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5609 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5611 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5612 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5614 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5615 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5617 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5619 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5621 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5622 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5623 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5624 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5625 the first time the mode is used.
5627 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5629 ;;;***
5631 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5632 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18512 40701))
5633 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5635 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5636 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5637 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5638 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5639 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5640 otherwise.
5642 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5644 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5645 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5646 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5647 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5648 character composition information (if relevant),
5649 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5651 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5653 ;;;***
5655 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5656 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5657 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5658 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18464 4587))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5661 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5662 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5663 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5665 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5667 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5668 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5669 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5670 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5671 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5672 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5676 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5677 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5678 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5679 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5681 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5683 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5684 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5685 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5687 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5688 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5689 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5691 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5692 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5694 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5695 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5696 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5698 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5699 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5700 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5701 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5703 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5705 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5706 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5708 Handlers are called with argument list
5710 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5712 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5714 desktop-file-version
5715 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5716 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5717 desktop-buffer-point
5718 desktop-buffer-mark
5719 desktop-buffer-read-only
5720 desktop-buffer-locals
5722 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5723 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5725 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5726 code like
5728 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5730 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5731 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5733 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5735 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5737 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5738 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5739 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5740 List elements must have the form
5742 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5744 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5745 function.
5747 Handlers are called with argument list
5749 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5751 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5753 desktop-file-version
5754 desktop-buffer-file-name
5755 desktop-buffer-name
5756 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5757 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5758 desktop-buffer-point
5759 desktop-buffer-mark
5760 desktop-buffer-read-only
5761 desktop-buffer-misc
5763 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5764 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5765 created and set.
5767 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5768 code like
5770 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5772 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5773 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5775 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5777 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5779 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5781 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5782 Empty the Desktop.
5783 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5784 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5785 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5787 \(fn)" t nil)
5789 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5790 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5791 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5792 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5793 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5795 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5797 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5798 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5799 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5801 \(fn)" t nil)
5803 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5804 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5805 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5806 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5807 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5808 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5809 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5810 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5812 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5814 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5815 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5816 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5818 \(fn)" nil nil)
5820 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5821 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5822 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5823 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5824 directory DIRNAME.
5826 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5828 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5829 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5831 \(fn)" t nil)
5833 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5834 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5836 \(fn)" t nil)
5838 ;;;***
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5841 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5842 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18463 55076))
5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5845 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5846 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5847 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5848 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5849 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5850 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5852 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5854 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5855 Repair a broken attribution line.
5856 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5858 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5860 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5861 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5862 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5863 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5865 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5867 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5868 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5870 \(fn)" t nil)
5872 ;;;***
5874 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5875 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18511 16129))
5876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5878 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5879 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5880 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5881 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5882 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5886 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5887 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5888 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5889 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5891 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5892 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5893 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5894 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5896 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5897 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5899 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5900 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5901 calendar-date-style 'european
5902 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5904 \(diary-mail-entries)
5906 # diary-rem.el ends here
5908 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5910 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5911 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5913 \(fn)" t nil)
5915 ;;;***
5917 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5918 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18464 4587))
5919 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5921 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5922 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5924 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5926 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5927 *The command to use to run diff.")
5929 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5931 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5932 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5933 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5934 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5935 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5936 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5938 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5940 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5941 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5942 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5943 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5944 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5945 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5947 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5949 ;;;***
5951 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5952 ;;;;;; (18491 27509))
5953 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5955 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5956 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5957 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5958 normal diffs.
5960 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5961 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5962 headers for you on-the-fly.
5964 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5965 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5966 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5968 \\{diff-mode-map}
5970 \(fn)" t nil)
5972 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5973 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5974 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5978 ;;;***
5980 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5981 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5982 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5983 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5984 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18512 40701))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5987 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5988 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5989 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5990 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5991 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5992 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5993 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5994 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5996 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5998 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5999 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6001 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6002 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6003 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6004 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6005 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6007 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6008 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6010 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6011 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6012 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6013 always set this variable to t.")
6015 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6017 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6018 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6019 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6020 A value of t means move to first file.")
6022 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6024 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6025 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6026 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6027 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6028 are afterward marked with that character.")
6030 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6032 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6033 *Controls marking of copied files.
6034 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6035 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6037 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6039 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6040 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6041 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6042 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6044 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6046 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6047 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6048 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6049 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6051 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6053 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6054 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6055 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6056 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6058 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6060 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6062 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6063 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6064 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6066 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6068 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6069 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6070 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6071 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6072 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6073 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6075 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6076 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6077 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6078 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6079 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6080 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6081 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6082 list of files to make directory entries for.
6083 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6084 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6085 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6086 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6088 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6090 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6091 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6093 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6094 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6096 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6097 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6099 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6100 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6102 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6104 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6105 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6107 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6109 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6110 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6111 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6112 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6113 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6114 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6115 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6116 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6117 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6118 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6119 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6120 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6121 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6122 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6123 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6124 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6125 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6126 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6127 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6128 to see why something went wrong.
6129 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6130 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6131 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6132 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6133 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6134 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6135 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6136 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6137 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6138 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6139 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6140 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6141 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6143 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6144 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6145 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6146 again for the directory tree.
6148 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6149 for more info):
6151 `dired-listing-switches'
6152 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6153 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6154 `dired-marker-char'
6155 `dired-del-marker'
6156 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6157 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6158 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6159 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6161 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6163 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6164 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6165 `dired-mode-hook'
6166 `dired-load-hook'
6168 Keybindings:
6169 \\{dired-mode-map}
6171 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6172 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6174 ;;;***
6176 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6177 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6178 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6179 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6180 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6181 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6182 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6183 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6184 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6185 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6186 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6187 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6188 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6189 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18464 4587))
6190 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6192 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6193 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6194 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6195 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6196 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6197 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6198 which is options for `diff'.
6200 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6202 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6203 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6204 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6205 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6206 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6207 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6209 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6211 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6212 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6213 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6214 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6215 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6216 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6217 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6219 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6221 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6222 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6223 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6224 returned by function `file-attributes'
6226 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6227 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6229 Examples of PREDICATE:
6231 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6232 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6233 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6234 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6235 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6237 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6239 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6240 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6241 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6245 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6246 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6251 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6255 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6256 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6257 This calls touch.
6259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6261 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6262 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6263 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6264 `lpr-switches' as default.
6266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6269 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6270 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6271 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6272 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6274 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6275 with a prefix argument.
6277 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6279 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6280 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6281 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6282 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6283 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6285 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6286 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6288 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6289 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6290 file name substituted for `?'.
6292 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6293 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6295 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6296 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6297 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6298 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6300 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6302 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6303 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6304 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6306 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6307 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6308 in a subdir.
6310 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6311 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6312 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6314 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6316 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6317 Not documented
6319 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6321 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6322 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6323 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6324 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6325 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6326 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6327 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6328 from the buffer as well.
6329 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6330 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6331 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6333 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6335 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6336 Not documented
6338 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6340 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6341 Not documented
6343 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6345 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6346 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6350 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6351 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6356 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6360 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6361 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6362 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6363 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6365 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6366 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6367 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6368 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6369 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6370 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6371 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6373 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6375 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6376 Not documented
6378 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6380 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6381 Not documented
6383 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6385 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6386 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6388 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6390 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6391 Not documented
6393 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6395 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6396 Not documented
6398 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6400 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6401 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6403 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6405 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6406 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6407 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6408 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6409 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6410 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6411 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6412 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6413 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6415 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6416 like `cp -d'.
6418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6420 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6421 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6422 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6423 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6424 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6425 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6426 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6427 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6429 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6433 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6434 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6435 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6436 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6437 and new hard links are made in that directory
6438 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6439 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6440 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6444 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6445 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6446 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6447 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6448 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6449 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6450 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6454 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6455 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6457 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6458 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6459 file if none are marked.
6461 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6462 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6463 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6464 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6466 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6467 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6469 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6471 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6472 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6473 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6475 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6477 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6478 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6479 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6481 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6483 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6484 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6485 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6487 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6489 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6490 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6494 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6495 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6499 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6500 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6501 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6502 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6503 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6504 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6505 this subdirectory.
6506 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6508 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6509 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6510 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6511 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6512 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6513 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6514 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6516 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6518 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6519 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6520 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6521 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6522 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6523 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6524 this subdirectory.
6525 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6527 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6529 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6530 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6531 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6533 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6535 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6536 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6537 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6538 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6540 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6542 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6543 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6544 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6545 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6547 \(fn)" t nil)
6549 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6550 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6551 Lower levels are unaffected.
6553 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6555 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6556 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6560 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6561 Go down in the dired tree.
6563 \(fn)" t nil)
6565 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6566 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6567 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6568 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6570 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6572 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6573 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6574 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6575 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6577 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6579 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6580 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6581 Stops when a match is found.
6582 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6584 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6586 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6587 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6588 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6589 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6590 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6592 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6594 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6595 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6596 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6597 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6599 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6601 ;;;***
6603 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6604 ;;;;;; (18467 53781))
6605 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6607 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6608 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6609 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6610 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6611 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6612 buffer and try again.
6614 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6616 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6617 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6618 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6619 This creates relative symbolic links like
6621 foo -> ../bar/foo
6623 not absolute ones like
6625 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6627 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6631 ;;;***
6633 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6634 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
6635 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6637 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6638 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6639 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6640 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6641 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6642 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6643 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6647 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6648 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6649 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6651 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6653 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6654 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6656 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6658 ;;;***
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18463
6661 ;;;;;; 55075))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6664 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6665 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6666 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6667 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6668 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6669 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6671 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6673 ;;;***
6675 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6676 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6677 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6678 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6679 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6680 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18464 4587))
6681 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6683 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6684 Return a new, empty display table.
6686 \(fn)" nil nil)
6688 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6689 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6690 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6691 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6692 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6694 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6696 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6697 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6698 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6699 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6700 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6702 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6704 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6705 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6707 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6709 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6710 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6712 \(fn)" t nil)
6714 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6715 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6717 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6719 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6720 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6722 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6724 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6725 Display character C using printable string S.
6727 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6729 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6730 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6731 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6732 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6734 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6736 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6737 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6738 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6739 X frame.
6741 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6743 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6744 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6746 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6748 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6749 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6751 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6753 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6754 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6756 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6758 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6759 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6761 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6763 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6764 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6766 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6768 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6769 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6771 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6772 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6773 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6774 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6776 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6777 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6778 European character display.
6780 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6781 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6782 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6783 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6785 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6786 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6787 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6788 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6789 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6791 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6793 ;;;***
6795 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6796 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
6797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6799 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6800 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6801 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6802 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6803 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6804 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6805 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6806 Default is 2.
6808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6810 ;;;***
6812 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18464 4587))
6813 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6815 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6816 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6817 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6818 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6819 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6820 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6821 private or ask).
6822 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6823 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6824 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6825 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6826 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6828 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6830 ;;;***
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6833 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18464 4602))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6836 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6837 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6838 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6839 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6840 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6841 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6842 table and its own syntax table.
6844 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6846 \(fn)" t nil)
6847 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6849 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6850 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6852 \(fn)" t nil)
6853 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6855 ;;;***
6857 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6858 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18512 40701))
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6861 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6862 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6863 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6865 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6867 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6868 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6869 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6870 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6871 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6873 \(fn)" t nil)
6875 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6876 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6877 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6878 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6882 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6883 Not documented
6885 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6887 ;;;***
6889 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18464 4597))
6890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6892 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6893 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6895 \(fn)" t nil)
6897 ;;;***
6899 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18464 4587))
6900 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6902 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6903 Toggle Double mode.
6904 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6905 turn it off.
6907 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6908 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6912 ;;;***
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18464 4597))
6915 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6917 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6918 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6920 \(fn)" t nil)
6922 ;;;***
6924 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6925 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
6926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6928 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6929 Play sounds in message buffers.
6931 \(fn)" t nil)
6933 ;;;***
6935 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6936 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6937 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18463 55075))
6938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6940 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6942 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6943 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6944 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6945 and toggle command MODE.
6947 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6948 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6949 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6950 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6951 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6952 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6953 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6954 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6955 used (see below).
6957 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6958 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6959 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6960 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6961 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6962 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6963 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6964 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6965 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6966 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6967 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6968 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6969 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6970 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6971 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6972 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6973 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6975 For example, you could write
6976 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6977 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6978 ...BODY CODE...)
6980 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6982 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6984 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6986 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6987 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6988 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6989 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6990 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6991 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6992 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6993 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6994 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6995 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6996 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6997 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6999 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7000 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7001 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7002 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7003 call another major mode in their body.
7005 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7007 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7008 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7009 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7010 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7011 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7012 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7013 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7015 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7017 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7018 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7019 :inherit Parent keymap.
7020 :group Ignored.
7021 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7022 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7024 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7026 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7027 Not documented
7029 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7031 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7032 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7033 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7035 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7037 ;;;***
7039 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7040 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18494
7041 ;;;;;; 34227))
7042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7044 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7046 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7047 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7049 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7050 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7051 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7053 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7054 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7056 :filter FUNCTION
7058 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7059 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7061 :visible INCLUDE
7063 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7064 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7066 :active ENABLE
7068 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7069 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7071 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7073 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7075 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7077 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7078 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7080 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7081 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7083 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7085 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7087 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7089 :keys KEYS
7091 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7092 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7093 computed automatically.
7094 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7096 :key-sequence KEYS
7098 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7099 menu item.
7100 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7101 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7102 keyboard equivalent.
7104 :active ENABLE
7106 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7107 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7109 :visible INCLUDE
7111 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7112 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7114 :label FORM
7116 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7117 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7119 :suffix FORM
7121 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7122 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7124 :style STYLE
7126 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7127 defined:
7129 toggle: A checkbox.
7130 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7131 radio: A radio button.
7132 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7133 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7134 menu bar itself.
7135 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7137 :selected SELECTED
7139 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7140 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7142 :help HELP
7144 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7146 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7147 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7148 as a solid horizontal line.
7150 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7152 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7154 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7155 Not documented
7157 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7159 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7160 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7161 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7162 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7164 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7166 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7167 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7168 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7169 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7170 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7171 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7173 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7174 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7175 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7177 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7178 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7179 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7181 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7182 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7184 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7186 ;;;***
7188 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7189 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7190 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7191 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7192 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7193 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7194 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7195 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18464 4598))
7196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Customization for ebnf group.
7201 \(fn)" t nil)
7203 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7204 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7206 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7208 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7209 processed.
7211 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7213 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7215 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7216 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7218 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7219 killed after process termination.
7221 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7223 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7228 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7229 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7230 it to the printer.
7232 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7233 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7234 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7235 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7237 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7241 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7243 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7248 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7250 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7251 processed.
7253 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7255 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7260 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7261 killed after process termination.
7263 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7265 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7269 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7270 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7272 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7274 \(fn)" t nil)
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7278 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7280 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7282 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7287 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7289 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7290 processed.
7292 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7294 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7299 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7300 killed after EPS generation.
7302 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7304 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7307 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7309 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7310 The EPS file name has the following form:
7312 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7314 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7315 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7317 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7318 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7319 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7320 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7321 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7323 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7324 files.
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7329 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7331 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7332 The EPS file name has the following form:
7334 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7336 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7337 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7339 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7340 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7341 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7342 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7343 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7345 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7346 files.
7348 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7350 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7352 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7353 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7355 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7357 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7358 are processed.
7360 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7362 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7365 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7367 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7368 killed after syntax checking.
7370 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7372 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7375 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7382 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7385 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7387 \(fn)" nil nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7390 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7392 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7394 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7397 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7399 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7401 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7403 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7404 Delete style NAME.
7406 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7408 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7413 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7415 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7418 Set STYLE as the current style.
7420 Returns the old style symbol.
7422 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7424 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Reset current style.
7429 Returns the old style symbol.
7431 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7433 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7436 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7438 Returns the old style symbol.
7440 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7442 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7444 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7446 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7447 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7449 Returns the old style symbol.
7451 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7455 \(fn)" t nil)
7457 ;;;***
7459 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7460 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7461 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7462 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7463 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7464 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7465 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7466 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7467 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7468 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7469 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18464
7470 ;;;;;; 4598))
7471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7474 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7475 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7476 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7477 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7478 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7480 Tree mode key bindings:
7481 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7486 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7488 \(fn)" t nil)
7490 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7491 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7493 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7495 \(fn)" nil nil)
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7498 View declaration of member at point.
7500 \(fn)" t nil)
7502 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7503 Find declaration of member at point.
7505 \(fn)" t nil)
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7508 View definition of member at point.
7510 \(fn)" t nil)
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7513 Find definition of member at point.
7515 \(fn)" t nil)
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7518 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7520 \(fn)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7523 View definition of member at point in other window.
7525 \(fn)" t nil)
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7528 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7530 \(fn)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7533 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7535 \(fn)" t nil)
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7538 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7543 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7545 \(fn)" t nil)
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7548 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7549 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7550 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7551 completion.
7553 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7555 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7556 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7557 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7558 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7560 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7562 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7563 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7564 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7565 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7567 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7570 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7571 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7575 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7576 Search for call sites of a member.
7577 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7578 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7579 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7580 looks like a function call to the member.
7582 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7585 Move backward in the position stack.
7586 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7590 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7591 Move forward in the position stack.
7592 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7594 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7596 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7597 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7599 \(fn)" t nil)
7601 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7602 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7604 \(fn)" t nil)
7606 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7607 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7608 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7609 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7611 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7613 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7614 Display statistics for a class tree.
7616 \(fn)" t nil)
7618 ;;;***
7620 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7621 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7624 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7625 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7626 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7627 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7629 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7630 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7631 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7633 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7634 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7635 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7637 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7639 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7641 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7643 ;;;***
7645 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7646 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18503 5669))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7649 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7650 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7651 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7653 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7655 ;;;***
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7658 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7661 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7662 Not documented
7664 \(fn)" nil nil)
7666 ;;;***
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7669 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18489 16303))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7673 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7674 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7675 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7676 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7677 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7679 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7680 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7681 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7682 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7684 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7686 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7687 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7688 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7689 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7691 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7693 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7694 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7695 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7696 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7698 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7700 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7702 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7703 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7704 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7705 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7706 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7708 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7709 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7710 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7711 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7712 instrumented for Edebug.
7714 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7715 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7716 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7717 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7718 already is one.)
7720 \(fn)" t nil)
7722 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7723 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7725 \(fn)" t nil)
7727 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7728 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7730 \(fn)" t nil)
7732 ;;;***
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7735 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7736 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7737 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7738 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7739 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7740 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7741 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7742 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7743 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18464 4588))
7744 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7746 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7747 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7749 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7752 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7754 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7756 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7758 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7762 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7763 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7765 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7767 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7770 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7772 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7774 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7777 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7779 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7783 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7784 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7786 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7788 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7790 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7791 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7792 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7793 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7795 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7797 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7799 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7801 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7802 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7804 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7806 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7810 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7811 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7813 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7815 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7818 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7819 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7820 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7821 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7822 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7824 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7827 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7828 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7829 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7831 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7833 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7835 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7836 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7837 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7838 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7840 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7842 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7844 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7846 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7847 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7848 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7849 follows:
7850 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7851 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7853 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7855 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7856 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7857 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7858 follows:
7859 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7860 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7862 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7865 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7866 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7867 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7868 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7870 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7872 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7873 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7874 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7875 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7876 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7877 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7879 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7881 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7883 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7884 Merge two files without ancestor.
7886 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7889 Merge two files with ancestor.
7891 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7893 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7895 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7896 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7898 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7900 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7901 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7903 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7905 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7906 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7907 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7908 buffer.
7910 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7912 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7913 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7914 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7915 buffer.
7917 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7920 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7921 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7922 and don't ask the user.
7923 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7924 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7926 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7928 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7929 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7930 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7931 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7932 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7933 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7934 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7935 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7937 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7939 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7941 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7944 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7945 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7946 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7947 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7949 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7951 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7953 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7954 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7955 When called interactively, displays the version.
7957 \(fn)" t nil)
7959 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7960 Display Ediff's manual.
7961 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7963 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7965 ;;;***
7967 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7968 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
7969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7971 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7972 Not documented
7974 \(fn)" t nil)
7976 ;;;***
7978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18464 4587))
7979 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7981 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))
7983 ;;;***
7985 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7986 ;;;;;; (18464 4587))
7987 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7989 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7990 Display Ediff's registry.
7992 \(fn)" t nil)
7994 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7996 ;;;***
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7999 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18494 34225))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8002 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8003 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8004 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8005 which see.
8007 \(fn)" t nil)
8009 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8010 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8011 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8012 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8014 \(fn)" t nil)
8016 ;;;***
8018 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8019 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8020 ;;;;;; (18464 4588))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8023 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8024 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8025 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8027 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8028 Edit a keyboard macro.
8029 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8030 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8031 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8032 its command name.
8033 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8035 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8037 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8038 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8040 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8042 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8043 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8045 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8047 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8048 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8049 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8050 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8051 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8052 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8054 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8055 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8056 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8057 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8059 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8061 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8062 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8063 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8064 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8065 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8066 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8068 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8070 ;;;***
8072 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8073 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18512 40701))
8074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8076 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8077 Set scroll margins.
8078 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8079 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8081 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8083 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8084 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8088 ;;;***
8090 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8091 ;;;;;; (18464 4588))
8092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8094 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8095 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8096 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8097 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8098 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8099 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8100 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8102 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8103 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8105 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8106 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8107 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8108 this value is non-nil.
8110 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8111 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8112 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8114 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8115 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8116 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8118 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8120 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8121 Not documented
8123 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8125 ;;;***
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8128 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18463 55075))
8129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8131 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8132 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8134 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8136 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8137 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8138 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8139 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8140 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8141 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8142 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8144 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8148 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8149 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8151 \(fn)" t nil)
8153 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8154 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8155 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8156 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8157 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8158 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8159 arg list.
8161 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8162 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8164 ;;;***
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18479
8167 ;;;;;; 26224))
8168 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8170 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8171 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8173 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8174 an elided material again.
8176 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8180 ;;;***
8182 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8183 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8186 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8187 Initialize elint.
8189 \(fn)" t nil)
8191 ;;;***
8193 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8194 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18463
8195 ;;;;;; 55075))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8198 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8199 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8200 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8202 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8204 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8205 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8206 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8208 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8210 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8211 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8212 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8214 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8216 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8218 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8219 Display current profiling results.
8220 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8221 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8222 displayed.
8224 \(fn)" t nil)
8226 ;;;***
8228 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8229 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8232 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8233 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8234 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8236 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8238 ;;;***
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8241 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8242 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8243 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8244 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18430 26741))
8245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8247 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8248 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8249 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8250 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8251 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8252 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8253 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8254 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8255 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8256 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8257 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8258 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8259 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8260 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8261 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8262 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8264 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8265 Run Emerge on two files.
8267 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8269 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8270 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8272 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8274 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8275 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8277 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8279 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8280 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8282 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8284 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8285 Not documented
8287 \(fn)" nil nil)
8289 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8290 Not documented
8292 \(fn)" nil nil)
8294 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8295 Not documented
8297 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8299 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8300 Not documented
8302 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8304 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8305 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8307 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8309 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8310 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8312 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8314 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8315 Not documented
8317 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8319 ;;;***
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8322 ;;;;;; (18516 61237))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8325 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8326 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8328 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8330 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8332 ;;;***
8334 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8335 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18464 4602))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8338 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8339 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8340 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8341 text/enriched format.
8342 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8344 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8345 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8347 Commands:
8349 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8353 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8354 Not documented
8356 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8358 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8359 Not documented
8361 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8363 ;;;***
8365 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8366 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8367 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8368 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8369 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8370 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18464
8371 ;;;;;; 4588))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8374 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8375 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8377 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8379 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8380 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8382 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8384 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8385 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8386 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8387 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8388 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8389 the keys are listed.
8390 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8392 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8394 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8395 Decrypt FILE.
8397 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8399 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8400 Verify FILE.
8402 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8404 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8405 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8407 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8409 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8410 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8412 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8414 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8415 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8417 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8418 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8419 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8420 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8421 should consider using the string based counterpart
8422 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8423 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8425 For example:
8427 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8428 (decode-coding-string
8429 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8430 'utf-8))
8432 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8434 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8435 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8437 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8438 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8440 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8443 Verify the current region between START and END.
8445 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8446 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8447 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8448 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8449 should consider using the string based counterpart
8450 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8451 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8453 For example:
8455 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8456 (decode-coding-string
8457 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8458 'utf-8))
8460 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8463 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8464 between START and END.
8466 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8467 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8472 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8476 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8477 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8478 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8479 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8481 For example:
8483 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8484 (epg-sign-string
8485 context
8486 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8488 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8490 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8491 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8493 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8494 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8495 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8496 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8497 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8498 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8500 For example:
8502 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8503 (epg-encrypt-string
8504 context
8505 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8506 nil))
8508 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8511 Delete selected KEYS.
8513 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8515 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8516 Import keys from FILE.
8518 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8520 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8521 Import keys from the region.
8523 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8525 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8526 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8527 between START and END.
8529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8531 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8532 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8534 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8536 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8537 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8539 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8541 ;;;***
8543 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8544 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18464 4588))
8545 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8547 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8548 Decrypt marked files.
8550 \(fn)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8553 Verify marked files.
8555 \(fn)" t nil)
8557 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8558 Sign marked files.
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8563 Encrypt marked files.
8565 \(fn)" t nil)
8567 ;;;***
8569 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8570 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18499 52147))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8573 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8574 Not documented
8576 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8578 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8579 Not documented
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8584 Not documented
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 ;;;***
8590 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8591 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8592 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18464 4588))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8595 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8596 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8600 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8601 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8602 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8604 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8606 \(fn)" t nil)
8608 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8609 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8610 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8612 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8614 \(fn)" t nil)
8616 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8617 Sign the current buffer.
8618 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8620 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8622 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8625 Encrypt the current buffer.
8626 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8628 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8630 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8632 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8633 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8634 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8636 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8638 \(fn)" t nil)
8640 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8641 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8642 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8643 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8644 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8645 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8647 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8649 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8650 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8654 ;;;***
8656 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8657 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8658 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8659 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8660 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8661 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8662 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8663 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8664 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18464 4588))
8665 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8667 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8668 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8669 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8670 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8671 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8672 signatures should be included.
8673 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8675 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8677 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8678 Not documented
8680 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8682 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8683 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8684 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8686 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8687 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8688 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8689 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8690 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8692 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8694 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8695 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8696 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8698 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8700 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8701 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8703 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8705 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8706 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8707 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8709 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8710 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8712 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8713 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8714 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8715 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8716 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8718 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8720 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8721 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8722 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8724 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8725 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8726 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8727 stored into the file after successful verification.
8729 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8731 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8732 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8733 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8735 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8736 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8737 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8738 successful verification.
8740 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8743 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8744 PLAIN is a data object.
8746 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8747 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8748 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8750 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8751 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8752 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8753 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8754 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8756 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8758 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8759 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8760 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8761 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8762 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8763 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8765 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8767 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8768 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8769 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8770 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8771 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8773 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8775 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8776 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8777 PLAIN is a data object.
8778 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8780 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8781 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8782 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8783 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8784 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8786 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8788 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8789 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8790 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8791 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8793 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8795 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8796 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8797 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8799 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8801 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8802 Initiate an export keys operation.
8804 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8805 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8806 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8807 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8808 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8810 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8812 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8813 Extract public KEYS.
8815 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8817 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8818 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8820 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8822 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8823 Initiate an import keys operation.
8824 KEYS is a data object.
8826 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8827 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8828 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8829 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8830 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8832 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8834 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8835 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8837 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8839 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8840 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8842 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8844 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8845 Initiate a receive key operation.
8846 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8848 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8849 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8850 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8851 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8852 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8854 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8856 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8857 Add keys from server.
8858 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8860 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8862 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8864 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8865 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8867 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8868 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8869 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8870 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8871 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8873 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8875 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8876 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8878 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8880 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8881 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8883 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8884 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8885 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8886 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8887 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8889 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8891 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8892 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8894 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8896 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8897 Initiate a key generation.
8898 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8900 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8901 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8902 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8903 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8904 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8906 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8908 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8909 Generate a new key pair.
8910 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8912 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8914 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8915 Generate a new key pair.
8916 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8918 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8920 ;;;***
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8923 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18464 4588))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8926 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8927 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8929 \(fn)" nil nil)
8931 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8932 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8934 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8936 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8937 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8939 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8941 ;;;***
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8944 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18505 63071))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8947 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8948 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8950 \(fn)" nil nil)
8952 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8953 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8954 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8956 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8958 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8959 (server (erc-compute-server))
8960 (port (erc-compute-port))
8961 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8962 password
8963 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8965 That is, if called with
8967 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8969 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8970 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8971 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8973 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8975 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8977 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8978 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8979 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8980 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8982 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8984 ;;;***
8986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18505
8987 ;;;;;; 63071))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8989 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18463 55076))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8997 ;;;***
8999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18463 55076))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9003 ;;;***
9005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18463 55076))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9009 ;;;***
9011 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9012 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18463 55076))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9016 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9017 Parser for /dcc command.
9018 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9019 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9020 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9022 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9024 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9025 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9027 \(fn)" nil nil)
9029 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9030 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9032 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9033 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9034 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9035 that subcommand.
9037 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9039 ;;;***
9041 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9042 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9043 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9044 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9045 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9048 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9049 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9051 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9053 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9054 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9055 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9056 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9058 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9060 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9061 Not documented
9063 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9065 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9066 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9068 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9070 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9071 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9073 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9075 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9076 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9078 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9080 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9081 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9083 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9085 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9086 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9088 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9090 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9091 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9093 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9095 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9096 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9098 \(fn)" nil nil)
9100 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9101 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9103 \(fn)" nil nil)
9105 ;;;***
9107 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18463
9108 ;;;;;; 55076))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9110 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9112 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9113 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9114 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9116 \(fn)" nil nil)
9118 ;;;***
9120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18463
9121 ;;;;;; 55076))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9123 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9125 ;;;***
9127 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9128 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18463 55076))
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9130 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9132 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9133 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9134 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9135 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9136 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9137 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9138 system.
9140 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9142 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9143 Not documented
9145 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9147 ;;;***
9149 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9150 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9153 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9154 Not documented
9156 \(fn)" nil nil)
9158 ;;;***
9160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18463 55076))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9164 ;;;***
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18464 4594))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9170 ;;;***
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9173 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18463 55076))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9177 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9178 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9179 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9180 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9181 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9182 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9184 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9186 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9187 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9188 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9189 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9191 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9192 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9193 automatically.
9195 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9196 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9198 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9200 ;;;***
9202 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9203 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9204 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9205 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9207 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9209 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9210 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9214 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9215 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9219 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9220 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9222 \(fn)" t nil)
9224 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9225 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9227 \(fn)" t nil)
9229 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9230 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9232 \(fn)" t nil)
9234 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9235 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9237 \(fn)" t nil)
9239 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9240 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9242 \(fn)" t nil)
9244 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9245 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9247 \(fn)" t nil)
9249 ;;;***
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18505 63071))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9255 ;;;***
9257 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9258 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9260 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9262 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9263 Show who's gone.
9265 \(fn)" nil nil)
9267 ;;;***
9269 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9270 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18463 55076))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9274 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9275 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9276 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9278 \(fn)" nil nil)
9280 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9281 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9283 \(fn)" t nil)
9285 ;;;***
9287 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9288 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18463 55076))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9292 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9293 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9294 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9295 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9297 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9299 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9300 Not documented
9302 \(fn)" nil nil)
9304 ;;;***
9306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18463 55076))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9308 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9310 ;;;***
9312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18463
9313 ;;;;;; 55076))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9315 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9317 ;;;***
9319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18463 55076))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9323 ;;;***
9325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18463 55076))
9326 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9327 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9329 ;;;***
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9332 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18463 55076))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9334 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9336 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9337 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9339 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9341 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9342 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9343 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9345 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9347 ;;;***
9349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18463 55076))
9350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9351 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9353 ;;;***
9355 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9356 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9359 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9360 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9361 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9363 \(fn)" t nil)
9365 ;;;***
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18463
9368 ;;;;;; 55076))
9369 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9370 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9372 ;;;***
9374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18505 63071))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9376 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9378 ;;;***
9380 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9381 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9382 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9384 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9385 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9386 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9388 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9390 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9391 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9392 mode line.
9394 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9395 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9396 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9399 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9401 ;;;***
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9404 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18463 55076))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9406 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9408 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9409 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9410 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9411 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9413 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9415 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9416 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9417 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9419 \(fn)" t nil)
9421 ;;;***
9423 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9424 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9426 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9428 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9429 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9431 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9433 ;;;***
9435 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18483
9436 ;;;;;; 24245))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9439 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9440 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9442 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9444 \(fn)" nil nil)
9446 ;;;***
9448 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18505
9449 ;;;;;; 63071))
9450 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9452 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9453 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9457 ;;;***
9459 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9460 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18483 40158))
9461 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9463 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9464 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9465 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9466 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9467 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9468 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9469 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9470 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9471 buffer selected (or created).
9473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9475 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9476 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9477 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9479 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9481 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9482 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9483 The result might be any Lisp object.
9484 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9485 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9486 corresponding to a successful execution.
9488 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9490 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9492 ;;;***
9494 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9495 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9496 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9497 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9498 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9499 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9500 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9501 ;;;;;; (18505 63072))
9502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9504 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9505 *File name of tags table.
9506 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9507 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9508 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9509 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9511 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9512 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9513 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9514 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9516 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9518 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9519 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9520 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9521 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9522 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9523 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9525 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9527 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9528 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9529 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9530 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9531 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9532 `auto-compression-mode').")
9534 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9536 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9537 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9538 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9539 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9540 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9542 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9544 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9545 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9546 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9547 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9549 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9551 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9552 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9553 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9554 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9555 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9557 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9559 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9560 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9562 \(fn)" t nil)
9564 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9565 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9566 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9567 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9569 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9570 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9571 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9572 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9573 file the tag was in.
9575 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9578 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9579 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9580 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9581 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9582 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9583 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9584 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9585 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9587 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9589 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9590 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9591 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9592 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9593 without directory names.
9595 \(fn)" nil nil)
9597 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9598 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9599 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9600 but does not select the buffer.
9601 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9603 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9604 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9605 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9606 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9607 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9609 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9611 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9612 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9613 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9615 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9617 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9619 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9620 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9621 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9622 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9624 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9625 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9626 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9627 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9628 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9630 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9632 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9633 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9634 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9636 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9638 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9639 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9641 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9642 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9643 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9644 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9645 around or before point.
9647 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9648 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9649 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9650 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9651 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9653 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9655 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9656 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9657 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9659 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9661 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9662 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9664 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9665 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9666 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9667 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9668 around or before point.
9670 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9671 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9672 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9673 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9674 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9676 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9678 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9679 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9680 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9682 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9684 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9685 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9687 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9688 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9689 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9691 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9692 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9693 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9694 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9695 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9697 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9699 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9700 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9701 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9703 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9705 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9706 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9707 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9709 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9710 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9712 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9713 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9714 where they were found.
9716 \(fn)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9719 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9721 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9722 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9723 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9725 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9726 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9728 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9729 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9731 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9733 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9734 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9735 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9736 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9738 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9739 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9740 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9741 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9742 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9744 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9745 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9747 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9748 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9749 Stops when a match is found.
9750 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9752 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9756 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9757 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9758 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9759 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9760 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9761 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9762 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9763 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9765 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9766 produce the list of files to search.
9768 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9770 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9773 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9774 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9775 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9776 directory specification.
9778 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9781 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9783 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9785 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9786 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9787 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9788 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9790 \(fn)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9793 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9794 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9795 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9796 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9798 \(fn)" t nil)
9800 ;;;***
9802 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9803 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9804 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9805 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9806 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9807 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9808 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9809 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9812 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9813 Not documented
9815 \(fn)" nil nil)
9817 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9818 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9820 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9821 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9823 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9824 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9825 primary language.
9827 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9828 even if the buffer is read-only.
9830 See also the descriptions of the variables
9831 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9833 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9835 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9836 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9838 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9839 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9841 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9842 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9843 primary language.
9845 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9846 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9848 See also the descriptions of the variables
9849 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9851 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9855 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9856 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9858 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9860 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9861 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9862 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9863 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9865 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9866 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9867 primary language.
9869 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9870 buffer is read-only.
9872 See also the descriptions of the variables
9873 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9874 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9876 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9879 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9881 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9882 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9884 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9885 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9886 the primary language.
9888 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9889 buffer is read-only.
9891 See also the descriptions of the variables
9892 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9893 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9895 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9897 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9898 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9899 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9901 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9903 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9904 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9906 \(fn)" t nil)
9908 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9909 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9911 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9912 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9913 be 1, 2, or 3.
9915 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9916 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9917 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9919 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9921 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9924 This function is deprecated.
9926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9929 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9931 \(fn)" t nil)
9933 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9934 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9936 \(fn)" t nil)
9938 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9939 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9941 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9942 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9944 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9945 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9947 \(fn)" nil nil)
9949 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9950 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9952 \(fn)" nil nil)
9954 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9955 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9957 \(fn)" nil nil)
9959 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9960 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9962 \(fn)" nil nil)
9964 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9965 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9966 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9971 Not documented
9973 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9975 ;;;***
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9978 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9979 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9982 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9983 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9984 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9985 server for future sessions.
9987 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9990 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9991 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9993 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9995 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9996 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9997 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9999 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10001 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10002 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10003 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10004 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10005 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10006 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10007 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10008 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10009 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10010 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10011 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10012 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10014 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10016 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10017 Display a form to query the directory server.
10018 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10019 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10021 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10023 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10024 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10025 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10027 \(fn)" t nil)
10029 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10031 ;;;***
10033 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10034 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10035 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18464 4595))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10038 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10039 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10041 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10043 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10044 Display URL and make it clickable.
10046 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10048 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10049 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10051 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10053 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10054 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10056 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10058 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10059 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10061 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10063 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10064 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10066 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10068 ;;;***
10070 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10071 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18464 4595))
10072 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10074 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10075 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10076 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10078 \(fn)" t nil)
10080 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10081 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10083 \(fn)" t nil)
10085 ;;;***
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10088 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10091 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10092 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10094 \(fn)" t nil)
10096 ;;;***
10098 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18468
10099 ;;;;;; 60074))
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10102 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10103 Create an empty ewoc.
10105 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10107 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10108 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10109 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10110 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10111 `insert-before-markers'.
10113 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10114 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10115 respectively, of the ewoc.
10117 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10118 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10119 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10121 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10123 ;;;***
10125 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10126 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10127 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10128 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
10129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10131 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10132 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10133 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10135 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10137 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10138 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10139 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10140 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10141 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10143 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10145 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10146 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10147 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10148 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10149 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10150 executable.
10152 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10154 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10155 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10156 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10158 \(fn)" t nil)
10160 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10161 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10162 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10163 file modes.
10165 \(fn)" nil nil)
10167 ;;;***
10169 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10170 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10171 ;;;;;; (18464 4588))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10174 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10175 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10176 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10177 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10179 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10181 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10182 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10183 to generate such functions.
10185 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10186 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10187 beginning of the expanded text.
10189 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10190 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10191 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10192 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10194 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10196 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10198 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10199 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10200 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10202 \(fn)" nil nil)
10204 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10205 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10206 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10208 \(fn)" t nil)
10210 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10211 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10212 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10214 \(fn)" t nil)
10215 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10216 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10218 ;;;***
10220 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18512 40736))
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10223 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10224 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10225 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10227 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10228 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10229 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10231 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10233 Key definitions:
10234 \\{f90-mode-map}
10236 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10238 `f90-do-indent'
10239 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10240 `f90-if-indent'
10241 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10242 `f90-type-indent'
10243 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10244 `f90-program-indent'
10245 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10246 (default 2).
10247 `f90-continuation-indent'
10248 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10249 `f90-comment-region'
10250 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10251 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10252 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10253 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10254 (default \"!\").
10255 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10256 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10257 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10258 `f90-break-delimiters'
10259 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10260 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10261 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10262 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10263 (default t).
10264 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10265 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10266 `f90-smart-end'
10267 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10268 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10269 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10270 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10271 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10272 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10273 `f90-leave-line-no'
10274 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10276 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10277 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10279 \(fn)" t nil)
10281 ;;;***
10283 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease
10284 ;;;;;; text-scale-increase) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18503
10285 ;;;;;; 49202))
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10288 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10289 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10290 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10292 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10293 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10294 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10295 will remove any scaling currently active.
10297 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10299 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10300 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10301 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10303 \(fn &optional DEC)" t nil)
10304 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10305 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10306 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10307 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10309 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10310 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10312 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10313 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10315 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10316 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10317 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10319 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10320 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10321 is one of the above.
10323 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10324 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10325 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10326 will remove any scaling currently active.
10328 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10329 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10330 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10331 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10332 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10334 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10336 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10337 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10338 When active, causes the buffer text to be displayed using
10339 the `variable-pitch' face.
10341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10343 ;;;***
10345 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10346 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10347 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18430 26746))
10348 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10350 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10351 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10352 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10353 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10355 \(fn)" nil nil)
10357 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10358 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10362 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10363 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10364 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10365 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10369 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10370 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10371 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10372 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10373 backup file names and the like).
10375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10377 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10378 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10379 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10380 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10381 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10382 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10383 internally by feedmail):
10385 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10386 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10387 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10388 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10390 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10391 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10392 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10393 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10394 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10396 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10398 ;;;***
10400 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10401 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18510 60654))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10404 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10405 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10406 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10407 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10408 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10409 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10410 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10412 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10415 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10416 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10417 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10418 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10419 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10420 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10422 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10424 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10426 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10427 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10428 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10429 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10430 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10431 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10433 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10436 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10437 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10438 Return value:
10439 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10440 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10441 * otherwise, nil
10443 \(fn E)" t nil)
10445 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10446 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10448 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10450 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10451 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10453 \(fn)" t nil)
10455 ;;;***
10457 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10458 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10459 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10460 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18464 4589))
10461 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10463 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10464 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10465 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10466 be added to the cache.
10468 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10470 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10471 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10472 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10473 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10474 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10476 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10479 Add FILE to the file cache.
10481 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10484 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10485 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10487 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10489 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10490 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10491 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10493 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10495 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10496 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10497 This function does not use any external programs
10498 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10499 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10500 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10502 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10504 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10505 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10506 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10507 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10508 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10509 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10510 \(directories) is done.
10512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10514 ;;;***
10516 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18464
10517 ;;;;;; 4590))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10520 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10521 Filesets initialization.
10522 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10524 \(fn)" nil nil)
10526 ;;;***
10528 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18464 4590))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10531 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10532 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10534 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10535 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10536 (mtime \"+1\"))
10537 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10539 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10540 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10542 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10544 ;;;***
10546 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10547 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10548 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18464 4590))
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10551 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10552 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10553 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10554 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10555 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10557 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10559 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10560 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10561 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10562 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10563 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10565 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10567 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10568 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10569 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10570 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10572 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10574 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10575 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10576 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10577 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10579 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10581 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10582 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10583 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10585 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10587 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10588 as the final argument.
10590 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10592 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10593 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10594 and run dired on those files.
10595 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10596 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10598 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10600 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10602 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10603 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10604 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10606 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10608 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10610 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10612 ;;;***
10614 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10615 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10616 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
10617 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10619 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10620 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10621 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10622 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10623 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10624 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10625 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10627 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10628 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10629 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10631 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10633 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10635 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10637 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10638 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10639 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10641 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10642 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10644 Variables of interest include:
10646 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10647 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10648 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10650 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10651 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10652 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10654 - `ff-ignore-include'
10655 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10657 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10658 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10660 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10661 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10663 - `ff-special-constructs'
10664 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10665 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10666 extracting the filename from that construct.
10668 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10669 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10671 - `ff-search-directories'
10672 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10673 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10675 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10676 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10678 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10679 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10681 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10682 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10684 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10685 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10687 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10688 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10690 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10692 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10693 Visit the file you click on.
10695 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10697 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10698 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10700 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10702 ;;;***
10704 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10705 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10706 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10707 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10708 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10709 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10710 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18463 55075))
10711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10713 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10714 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10716 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10719 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10720 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10721 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10723 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10724 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10725 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10726 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10728 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10730 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10731 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10733 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10734 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10735 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10736 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10738 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10739 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10740 in `load-path'.
10742 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10744 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10745 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10747 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10748 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10749 places point before the definition.
10750 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10752 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10753 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10754 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10756 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10758 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10759 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10761 See `find-function' for more details.
10763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10765 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10766 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10768 See `find-function' for more details.
10770 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10772 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10773 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10775 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10776 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10777 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10779 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10780 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10782 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10784 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10785 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10787 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10788 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10789 places point before the definition.
10791 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10793 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10794 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10795 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10797 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10799 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10800 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10802 See `find-variable' for more details.
10804 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10806 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10807 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10809 See `find-variable' for more details.
10811 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10813 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10814 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10815 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10816 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10817 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10818 buffer nor display it.
10820 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10821 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10823 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10825 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10826 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10828 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10829 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10830 places point before the definition.
10832 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10834 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10835 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10836 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10838 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10840 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10841 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10842 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10844 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10846 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10847 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10849 \(fn)" t nil)
10851 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10852 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10854 \(fn)" t nil)
10856 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10857 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10859 \(fn)" nil nil)
10861 ;;;***
10863 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10864 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18464 4590))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10867 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10868 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10870 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10872 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10873 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10875 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10877 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10878 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10880 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10882 ;;;***
10884 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10885 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18509 61532))
10886 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10888 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10889 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10891 \(fn)" t nil)
10893 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10894 Display FILE's commentary section.
10895 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10897 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10899 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10900 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10902 \(fn)" t nil)
10904 ;;;***
10906 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10907 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18464 4590))
10908 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10910 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10911 Toggle flow control handling.
10912 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10913 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10915 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10917 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10918 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10919 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10920 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10921 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10922 to get the effect of a C-q.
10924 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10926 ;;;***
10928 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10929 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10932 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10933 Not documented
10935 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10937 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10938 Not documented
10940 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10942 ;;;***
10944 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10945 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18501 7474))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10948 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10949 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10950 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10951 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10955 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10956 Turn flymake mode on.
10958 \(fn)" nil nil)
10960 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10961 Turn flymake mode off.
10963 \(fn)" nil nil)
10965 ;;;***
10967 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10968 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10969 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18514 54190))
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10972 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10973 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10975 \(fn)" t nil)
10976 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10978 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10979 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10980 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10981 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10982 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10983 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10984 otherwise turn it off.
10986 Bindings:
10987 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10988 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10989 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10990 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10992 Hooks:
10993 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10995 Remark:
10996 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10997 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10998 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11000 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11001 consider adding:
11002 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11003 in your .emacs file.
11005 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11006 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11010 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11011 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11013 \(fn)" nil nil)
11015 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11016 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11018 \(fn)" nil nil)
11020 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11021 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11023 \(fn)" nil nil)
11025 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11026 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11028 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11030 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11031 Flyspell whole buffer.
11033 \(fn)" t nil)
11035 ;;;***
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11038 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11039 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
11040 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11042 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11043 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11045 \(fn)" nil nil)
11047 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11048 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11050 \(fn)" nil nil)
11052 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11053 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11055 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11056 of two major techniques:
11058 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11059 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11060 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11062 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11063 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11064 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11065 movement commands.
11067 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11068 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11069 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11070 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11071 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11072 mileage may vary).
11074 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11075 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11077 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11079 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11080 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11081 \(This is the default.)
11083 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11085 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11086 \\{follow-mode-map}
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11090 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11091 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11093 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11094 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11095 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11096 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11097 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11098 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11100 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11101 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11102 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11104 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11105 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11106 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11110 ;;;***
11112 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18464
11113 ;;;;;; 4595))
11114 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11116 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11117 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11118 \\<message-mode-map>
11119 key binding
11120 --- -------
11122 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11123 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11124 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11125 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11126 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11127 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11131 ;;;***
11133 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11134 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18464 4590))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11137 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11138 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11140 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11141 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11142 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11143 C-c < forms-first-record <
11144 C-c > forms-last-record >
11145 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11146 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11147 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11148 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11149 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11150 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11151 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11152 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11153 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11154 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11156 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11158 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11159 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11161 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11164 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11166 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11168 ;;;***
11170 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11171 ;;;;;; (18511 17180))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11174 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11175 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11176 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11178 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11179 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11181 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11183 Key definitions:
11184 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11186 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11188 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11189 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11190 `fortran-do-indent'
11191 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11192 `fortran-if-indent'
11193 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11194 `fortran-structure-indent'
11195 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11196 (default 3)
11197 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11198 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11199 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11200 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11201 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11202 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11203 nil don't change the indentation
11204 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11205 value of either
11206 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11207 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11208 depending on the continuation format in use.
11209 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11210 indentation for a line of code.
11211 (default 'fixed)
11212 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11213 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11214 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11215 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11216 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11217 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11218 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11219 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11220 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11221 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11222 column 5.
11223 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11224 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11225 statements (default nil).
11226 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11227 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11228 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11229 `fortran-continuation-string'
11230 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11231 line (default \"$\").
11232 `fortran-comment-region'
11233 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11234 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11235 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11236 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11237 as typed (default t).
11238 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11239 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11241 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11242 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11244 \(fn)" t nil)
11246 ;;;***
11248 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11249 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18464 4597))
11250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11252 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11253 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11255 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11256 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11258 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11260 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11261 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11263 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11264 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11266 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11268 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11269 Compile fortune file.
11271 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11272 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11274 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11276 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11277 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11279 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11280 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11281 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11282 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11284 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11286 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11287 Display a fortune cookie.
11289 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11290 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11291 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11292 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11294 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11296 ;;;***
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11299 ;;;;;; (18518 42900))
11300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11302 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11303 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11304 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11305 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11307 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11308 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11309 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11310 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11312 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11313 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11314 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11315 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11316 some of the buffers.
11318 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11320 The following commands help control operation :
11322 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11323 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11325 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11326 detailed description of this mode.
11328 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11329 | GDB Toolbar |
11330 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11331 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11332 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11333 | | |
11334 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11335 | | |
11336 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11337 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11338 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11340 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11341 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11342 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11343 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11344 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11345 session.
11347 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11349 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11351 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11352 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11354 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11356 ;;;***
11358 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11359 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18463
11360 ;;;;;; 55075))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11363 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11364 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11365 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11366 instead (which see).")
11368 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11369 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11371 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11372 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11373 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11374 documentation string instead.
11376 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11377 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11378 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11379 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11380 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11381 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11382 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11383 enders are actually possible.
11385 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11386 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11388 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11389 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11390 `font-lock-keywords'.
11392 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11393 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11394 runs the macro expansion.
11396 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11397 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11398 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11400 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11402 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11404 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11405 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11407 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11409 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11410 Enter generic mode MODE.
11412 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11413 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11414 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11416 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11417 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11419 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11421 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11422 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11423 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11424 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11425 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11426 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11427 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11428 `font-lock-keywords'.
11430 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11432 ;;;***
11434 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11435 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
11436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11438 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11439 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11440 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11441 at places they belong to.
11443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11445 ;;;***
11447 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11448 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11449 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11452 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11453 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11454 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11456 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11458 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11459 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11461 Guideline for numbers:
11462 1 - error messages
11463 3 - non-serious error messages
11464 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11465 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11466 9 - messages inside loops.
11468 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11470 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11471 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11472 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11474 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11476 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11477 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11479 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11481 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11482 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11484 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11485 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11486 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11487 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11488 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11489 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11491 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11492 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11493 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11494 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11495 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11497 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11499 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11501 ;;;***
11503 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11504 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18511 17106))
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11506 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11507 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11509 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11510 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11514 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11515 Read network news.
11516 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11517 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11518 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11519 name of an NNTP server to use.
11520 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11521 server.
11523 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11525 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11526 Read news as a slave.
11528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11530 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11531 Pop up a frame to read news.
11532 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11533 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11534 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11535 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11536 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11537 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11538 current display is used.
11540 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11542 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11543 Read network news.
11544 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11545 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11546 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11548 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11550 ;;;***
11552 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11553 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11554 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11555 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11556 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11557 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18511 17106))
11558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11560 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11561 Start Gnus unplugged.
11563 \(fn)" t nil)
11565 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11566 Start Gnus plugged.
11568 \(fn)" t nil)
11570 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11571 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11575 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11576 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11578 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11579 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11580 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11582 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11583 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11584 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11586 \(fn)" t nil)
11588 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11589 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11591 \(fn)" nil nil)
11593 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11594 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11595 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11596 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11597 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11598 supported.
11600 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11602 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11603 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11604 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11605 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11606 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11607 supported.
11609 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11611 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11612 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11614 \(fn)" nil nil)
11616 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11617 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11618 downloaded into the agent.
11620 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11622 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11623 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11624 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11625 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11627 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11629 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11630 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11632 \(fn)" t nil)
11634 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11635 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11637 \(fn)" t nil)
11639 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11640 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11641 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11643 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11645 ;;;***
11647 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11648 ;;;;;; (18504 15105))
11649 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11651 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11652 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11654 \(fn)" nil nil)
11656 ;;;***
11658 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11659 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11662 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11663 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11665 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11667 ;;;***
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11670 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18463 55076))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11673 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11674 Set a bookmark for this article.
11676 \(fn)" t nil)
11678 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11679 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11681 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11683 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11684 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11685 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11686 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11687 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11689 \(fn)" t nil)
11691 ;;;***
11693 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11694 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11695 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18511
11696 ;;;;;; 17106))
11697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11699 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11700 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11702 Usage:
11703 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11705 \(fn)" t nil)
11707 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11708 Generate the cache active file.
11710 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11712 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11713 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11715 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11717 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11718 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11719 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11720 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11721 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11722 supported.
11724 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11726 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11727 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11728 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11729 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11730 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11731 supported.
11733 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11735 ;;;***
11737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11738 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18463 55076))
11739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11741 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11742 Delay this article by some time.
11743 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11745 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11746 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11748 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11749 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11751 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11752 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11754 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11756 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11757 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11759 \(fn)" t nil)
11761 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11762 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11763 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11764 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11766 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11767 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11769 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11771 ;;;***
11773 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11774 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18463 55076))
11775 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11777 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11778 Not documented
11780 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11782 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11783 Not documented
11785 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11787 ;;;***
11789 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11790 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11793 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11794 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11796 \(fn)" t nil)
11798 ;;;***
11800 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11801 ;;;;;; (18485 19249))
11802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11804 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11805 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11807 \(fn)" t nil)
11809 ;;;***
11811 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11812 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11813 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18463
11814 ;;;;;; 55076))
11815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11817 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11818 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11820 \(fn)" t nil)
11822 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11823 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11827 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11828 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11830 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11831 different input formats.
11833 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11835 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11836 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11838 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11839 different input formats.
11841 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11843 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11844 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11845 The PNG is returned as a string.
11847 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11849 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11850 Convert FILE to a Face.
11851 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11852 726 bytes.
11854 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11856 ;;;***
11858 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11859 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18511 17106))
11860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11862 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11863 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11864 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11865 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11867 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11869 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11870 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11872 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11874 ;;;***
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11877 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11880 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11882 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11883 Run batched scoring.
11884 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11888 ;;;***
11890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11891 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11892 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11895 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11896 Not documented
11898 \(fn)" nil nil)
11900 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11901 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11902 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11904 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11906 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11907 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11909 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11913 ;;;***
11915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11916 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11917 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
11918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11920 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11921 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11922 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11923 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11924 group parameters.
11926 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11927 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11928 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11929 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11931 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11932 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11933 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11934 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11935 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11936 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11937 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11938 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11939 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11940 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11942 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11944 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11945 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11946 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11947 nil CATCH-ALL).
11949 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11950 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11952 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11954 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11955 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11956 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11958 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11960 \(fn)" nil nil)
11962 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11963 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11964 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11966 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11968 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11969 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11970 existing groups are considered.
11972 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11973 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11974 returned.
11976 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11977 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11978 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11979 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11980 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11981 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11982 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11983 clauses will be generated.
11985 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11986 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11987 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11988 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11989 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11990 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11992 For example, given the following group parameters:
11994 nnml:mail.bar:
11995 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11996 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11997 nnml:mail.foo:
11998 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11999 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12000 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12001 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12002 nnml:mail.others:
12003 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12005 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12007 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12008 \"mail.bar\")
12009 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12010 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12011 \"mail.others\")
12013 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12015 ;;;***
12017 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12018 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12021 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12022 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12023 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12025 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12027 ;;;***
12029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12030 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18511 17106))
12031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12033 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12034 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12035 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12036 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12038 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12040 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12041 Mail to ADDRESS.
12043 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12045 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12046 Like `message-reply'.
12048 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12050 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12052 ;;;***
12054 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12055 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18463 55076))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12058 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12059 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12061 \(fn)" t nil)
12063 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12064 Load the NoCeM cache.
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12068 ;;;***
12070 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12071 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12072 ;;;;;; (18511 17106))
12073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12075 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12076 Display picons in the From header.
12077 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12079 \(fn)" t nil)
12081 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12082 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12083 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12085 \(fn)" t nil)
12087 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12088 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12089 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12091 \(fn)" t nil)
12093 ;;;***
12095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12096 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12097 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12098 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18463 55076))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12102 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12103 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12104 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12105 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12107 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12109 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12110 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12111 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12112 LIST1 is modified.
12114 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12116 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12117 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12118 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12120 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12122 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12123 Not documented
12125 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12127 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12128 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12129 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12131 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12133 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12134 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12135 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12137 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12139 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12141 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12142 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12143 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12145 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12147 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12148 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12149 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12151 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12153 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12154 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12155 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12157 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12159 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12160 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12162 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12164 ;;;***
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12167 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18466 54866))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12170 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12171 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12173 \(fn)" t nil)
12175 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12176 Install the registry hooks.
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12180 ;;;***
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12183 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18463
12184 ;;;;;; 55076))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12187 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12188 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12189 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12190 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12191 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12192 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12194 \(fn)" t nil)
12196 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12197 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12198 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12199 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12200 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12202 \(fn)" t nil)
12204 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12205 Not documented
12207 \(fn)" t nil)
12209 ;;;***
12211 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12212 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12215 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12216 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12217 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12218 for matching on group names.
12220 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12221 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12223 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12225 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12227 \(fn)" t nil)
12229 ;;;***
12231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12232 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12235 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12236 Update the format specification near point.
12238 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12240 ;;;***
12242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12243 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18463
12244 ;;;;;; 55076))
12245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12247 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12248 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12250 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12252 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12253 Not documented
12255 \(fn)" nil nil)
12257 ;;;***
12259 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12260 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
12261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12263 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12264 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12266 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12268 ;;;***
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18464 4597))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12273 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12274 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12276 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12277 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12278 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12280 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12281 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12282 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12284 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12285 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12287 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12288 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12290 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12292 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12294 ;;;***
12296 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12297 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18464
12298 ;;;;;; 4595))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12301 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12303 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12304 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12305 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12306 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12307 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12309 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12311 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12312 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12313 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12314 or to send e-mail.
12315 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12316 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12318 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12319 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12321 \(fn)" t nil)
12322 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12324 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12325 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12329 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12330 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12334 ;;;***
12336 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12337 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12338 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18467 53782))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12341 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12342 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12344 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12346 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12347 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12348 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12349 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12350 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12352 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12353 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12355 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12357 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12358 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12359 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12360 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12362 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12364 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12365 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12367 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12369 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12370 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12372 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12373 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12374 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12376 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12377 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12378 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12380 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12381 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12382 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12383 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12385 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12386 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12387 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12388 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12389 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12391 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12393 (defvar grep-history nil)
12395 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12397 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12398 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12399 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12401 \(fn)" nil nil)
12403 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12404 Not documented
12406 \(fn)" nil nil)
12408 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12409 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12411 \(fn)" nil nil)
12413 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12414 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12415 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12416 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12417 found matches.
12419 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12420 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12422 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12423 can easily repeat a grep command.
12425 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12426 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12427 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12428 list is empty).
12430 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12432 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12433 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12434 Collect output in a buffer.
12435 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12436 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12438 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12439 easily repeat a find command.
12441 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12443 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12445 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12446 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12447 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12448 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12449 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12451 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12452 before it is executed.
12453 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12455 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12456 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12457 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12459 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12461 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12463 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12464 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12465 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12466 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12467 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12469 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12470 before it is executed.
12471 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12473 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12474 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12475 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12477 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12479 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12481 ;;;***
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18512 40701))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12486 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12487 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12488 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12489 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12490 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12492 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12494 ;;;***
12496 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12497 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18512 40702))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12500 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12501 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12502 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12503 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12505 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12507 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12508 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12509 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12510 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12512 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12514 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12515 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12516 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12517 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12519 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12521 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12522 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12523 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12524 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12526 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12527 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12529 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12531 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12532 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12533 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12534 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12536 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12538 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12539 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12540 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12541 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12543 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12545 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12546 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12547 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12548 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12549 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12551 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12552 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12553 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12554 original source file access method.
12556 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12557 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12559 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12560 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12562 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12564 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12565 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12567 \(fn)" t nil)
12569 ;;;***
12571 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18464
12572 ;;;;;; 4597))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12575 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12576 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12577 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12578 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12580 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12581 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12582 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12583 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12585 \(fn)" t nil)
12587 ;;;***
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12590 ;;;;;; (18430 26747))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12593 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12594 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12596 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12598 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12599 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12600 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12601 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12603 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12605 \(fn)" t nil)
12607 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12608 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12609 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12610 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12611 to be updated.
12613 \(fn)" t nil)
12615 ;;;***
12617 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12618 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12619 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18464 4595))
12620 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12622 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12623 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12625 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12627 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12628 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12629 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12633 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12634 Verify a hashcash payment
12636 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12638 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12639 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12640 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12641 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12642 `mail-add-payment-async').
12644 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12646 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12647 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12648 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12649 Calculation is asynchronous.
12651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12653 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12654 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12655 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12659 ;;;***
12661 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12662 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12663 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12664 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18464 4590))
12665 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12667 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12668 Return the help-echo string at point.
12669 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12670 property, or nil, is returned.
12671 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12672 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12673 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12675 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12677 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12678 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12679 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12680 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12681 this produces no string either, return nil.
12683 \(fn)" nil nil)
12685 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12686 Display local help in the echo area.
12687 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12688 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12689 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12690 printed instead.
12692 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12693 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12694 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12698 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12699 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12700 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12702 \(fn)" t nil)
12704 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12705 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12706 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12708 \(fn)" t nil)
12710 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12711 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12712 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12713 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12714 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12715 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12716 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12717 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12718 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12719 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12720 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12722 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12723 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12724 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12725 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12726 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12728 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12729 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12730 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12731 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12732 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12733 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12734 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12735 The default is `never'.")
12737 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12739 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12740 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12741 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12742 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12743 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12744 considered different regions.
12746 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12747 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12748 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12749 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12750 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12751 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12752 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12753 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12754 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12756 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12758 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12759 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12760 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12761 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12762 different regions.
12764 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12765 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12766 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12767 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12768 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12769 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12770 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12771 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12773 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12774 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12775 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12776 rarely happens in practice.
12778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12780 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12781 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12782 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12783 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12784 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12785 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12789 ;;;***
12791 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12792 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12793 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12794 ;;;;;; (18505 42562))
12795 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12797 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12798 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12800 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12802 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12803 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12804 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12806 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12808 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
12809 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12811 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12813 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12814 Not documented
12816 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12818 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12819 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12820 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12821 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12823 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12825 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12826 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12827 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12828 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12829 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12830 it is displayed along with the global value.
12832 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12834 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12835 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12836 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12837 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12839 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12841 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12842 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12843 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12844 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12845 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12847 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12849 ;;;***
12851 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12852 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
12853 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12855 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12856 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12857 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12858 and window listing and describing the options.
12859 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12860 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12862 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12864 ;;;***
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12867 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12868 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18464
12869 ;;;;;; 4590))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12872 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12873 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12874 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12875 Commands:
12876 \\{help-mode-map}
12878 \(fn)" t nil)
12880 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12881 Not documented
12883 \(fn)" nil nil)
12885 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12886 Not documented
12888 \(fn)" nil nil)
12890 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12891 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12893 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12894 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12895 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12896 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12898 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12899 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12900 restore it properly when going back.
12902 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12904 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12905 Not documented
12907 \(fn)" nil nil)
12909 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12910 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12912 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12913 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12914 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12915 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12916 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12917 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12918 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12919 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12921 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12922 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12923 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12924 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12926 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12927 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12928 that.
12930 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12932 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12933 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12934 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12935 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12936 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12937 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12939 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12941 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12942 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12943 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12944 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12945 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12947 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12949 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12950 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12952 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12954 ;;;***
12956 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12957 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18463 55075))
12958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12960 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12961 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12963 \(fn)" t nil)
12965 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12966 Provide help for current mode.
12968 \(fn)" t nil)
12970 ;;;***
12972 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12973 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18464 4590))
12974 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12976 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12977 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12978 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12979 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12980 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12982 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12983 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12985 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12986 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12987 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12988 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12990 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12991 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12992 periods.
12994 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12995 in hexl format.
12997 A sample format:
12999 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13000 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13001 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13002 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13003 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13004 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13005 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13006 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13007 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13008 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13009 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13010 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13011 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13012 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13013 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13015 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13016 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13017 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13019 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13020 also supported.
13022 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13024 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13025 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13026 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13028 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13029 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13030 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13032 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13033 into the buffer at the current point.
13035 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13036 into the buffer at the current point.
13038 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13039 into the buffer at the current point.
13041 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13043 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13044 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13046 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13048 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13052 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13053 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13054 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13055 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13057 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13059 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13060 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13061 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13063 \(fn)" t nil)
13065 ;;;***
13067 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13068 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13069 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13070 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
13071 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13073 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13074 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13076 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13077 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13078 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13079 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13080 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13081 called interactively, are:
13083 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13084 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13086 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13087 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13088 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13089 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13091 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13092 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13094 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13095 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13097 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13098 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13099 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13100 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13101 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13102 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13103 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13104 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13105 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13106 function returns t.
13108 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13109 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13111 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13112 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13113 form:
13114 Hi-lock: FOO
13115 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13116 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13117 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13118 Patterns will be read until
13119 Hi-lock: end
13120 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13124 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13125 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13126 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13129 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13131 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13133 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13134 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13135 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13136 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13137 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13141 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13143 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13144 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13146 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13147 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13148 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13149 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13151 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13153 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13155 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13156 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13158 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13159 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13160 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13161 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13163 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13165 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13167 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13168 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13170 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13171 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13173 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13175 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13177 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13178 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13180 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13181 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13182 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13183 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13184 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13186 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13188 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13189 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13191 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13192 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13193 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13195 \(fn)" t nil)
13197 ;;;***
13199 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13200 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
13201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13203 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13204 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13205 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13206 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13207 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13208 how the hiding is done:
13210 `hide-ifdef-env'
13211 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13212 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13213 is used.
13215 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13216 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13217 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13218 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13219 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13221 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13222 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13223 #endif lines when hiding.
13225 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13226 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13227 is activated.
13229 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13230 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13231 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13233 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13237 ;;;***
13239 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13240 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
13241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13243 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13244 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13245 Each element has the form
13246 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13248 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13249 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13251 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13252 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13254 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13255 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13256 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13257 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13258 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13259 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13261 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13262 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13264 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13265 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13267 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13268 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13269 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13271 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13272 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13273 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13274 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13275 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13277 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13278 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13279 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13281 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13282 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13284 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13286 Key bindings:
13287 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13291 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13292 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13294 \(fn)" nil nil)
13296 ;;;***
13298 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13299 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13300 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13301 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13302 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18464
13303 ;;;;;; 4590))
13304 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13306 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13307 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13309 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13311 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13312 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13313 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13314 on and off.
13316 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13317 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13318 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13319 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13320 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13321 through various faces.
13322 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13323 buffer with the contents of a file
13324 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13328 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13329 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13331 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13332 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13333 in a distinctive face.
13335 The default value can be customized with variable
13336 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13338 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13342 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13343 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13344 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13346 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13348 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13349 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13351 \(fn)" t nil)
13353 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13354 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13356 \(fn)" t nil)
13358 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13359 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13361 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13362 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13363 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13364 shown in the last face in the list.
13366 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13367 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13368 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13370 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13372 \(fn)" t nil)
13374 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13375 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13377 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13379 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13380 to save the file.
13382 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13383 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13385 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13386 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13387 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13389 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13391 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13392 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13394 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13395 this function is called interactively.
13397 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13398 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13399 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13401 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13402 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13403 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13405 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13407 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13408 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13409 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13412 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13414 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13416 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13417 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13418 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13419 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13420 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13424 ;;;***
13426 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13427 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13428 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13429 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13430 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18464 4590))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13433 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13434 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13435 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13436 or insert functions in this list.")
13438 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13440 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13441 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13443 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13445 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13446 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13448 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13450 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13451 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13453 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13455 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13456 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13458 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13460 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13461 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13462 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13464 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13466 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13467 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13468 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13469 \(as atoms)")
13471 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13473 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13474 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13475 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13476 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13477 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13479 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13481 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13482 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13483 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13484 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13485 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13486 expansions.
13487 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13488 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13489 undoes the expansion.
13491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13493 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13494 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13495 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13496 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13498 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13500 ;;;***
13502 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13503 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
13504 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13506 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13507 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13508 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13510 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13511 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13512 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13513 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13514 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13516 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13517 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13518 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13519 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13523 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13524 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13525 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13528 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13530 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13532 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13533 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13534 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13536 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13537 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13541 ;;;***
13543 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13544 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13545 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13546 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13547 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18463 52127))
13548 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13550 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13551 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13552 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13554 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13556 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13558 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13560 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13561 Oriental holidays.
13562 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13564 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13566 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13568 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13570 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13571 Local holidays.
13572 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13574 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13576 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13578 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13580 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13581 User defined holidays.
13582 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13584 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13586 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13588 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13590 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13591 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13593 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13595 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13596 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13598 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13600 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13601 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13603 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13605 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13606 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13608 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13610 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13611 Jewish holidays.
13612 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13614 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13616 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13618 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13620 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13621 Christian holidays.
13622 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13624 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13626 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13628 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13630 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13631 Islamic holidays.
13632 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13634 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13636 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13638 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13640 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13641 Baha'i holidays.
13642 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13644 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13646 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13648 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13650 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13651 Sun-related holidays.
13652 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13654 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13656 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13658 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13660 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13661 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13663 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13664 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13665 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13666 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13667 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13668 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13669 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13671 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13672 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13674 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13675 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13676 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13677 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13678 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13679 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13681 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13682 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13684 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13685 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13686 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13687 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13689 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13690 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
13691 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
13692 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
13693 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
13694 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
13695 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13696 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13697 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13698 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13699 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13700 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13701 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13702 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13703 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13705 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13707 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13709 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13710 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13712 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13714 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13715 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13717 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13719 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13720 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13722 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13724 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13725 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13727 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13729 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13730 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13732 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13734 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13735 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13736 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13738 (holiday-sexp
13739 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13740 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13741 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13742 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13743 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13744 \"US Presidential Election\")
13748 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13749 (holiday-fixed 11
13750 (calendar-extract-day
13751 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13752 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13753 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13754 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13755 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13757 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13759 (lunar-phases)
13761 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13762 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13763 with descriptive strings such as
13765 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13767 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13769 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13771 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13772 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13773 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13774 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13778 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13779 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13780 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13781 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13782 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13784 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13785 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13787 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13788 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13790 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13791 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13792 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13793 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13794 of a holiday list.
13796 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13798 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13800 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13802 ;;;***
13804 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18486
13805 ;;;;;; 19384))
13806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13808 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13809 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13811 \(fn)" t nil)
13813 ;;;***
13815 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13816 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13817 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13818 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13819 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13820 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13821 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13822 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13823 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13824 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13825 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13826 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13827 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13828 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13829 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13830 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13831 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13832 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13833 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13834 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13835 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13836 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13837 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18475 38849))
13838 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13840 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13841 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13842 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13847 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13851 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13852 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13854 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13856 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13857 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13859 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13861 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13862 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13864 \(fn)" t nil)
13866 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13867 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13869 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13871 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13872 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13874 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13875 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13876 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13877 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13878 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13879 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13880 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13881 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13882 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13883 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13884 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13885 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13887 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13888 Not documented
13890 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13892 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13893 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13895 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13897 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13898 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13900 \(fn)" t nil)
13902 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13903 Remove the first filter group.
13905 \(fn)" t nil)
13907 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13908 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13910 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13913 Remove all filter groups.
13915 \(fn)" t nil)
13917 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13918 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13920 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13922 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13923 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13924 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13926 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13928 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13929 Kill the filter group at point.
13930 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13932 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13934 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13937 \(fn)" t nil)
13939 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13942 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13946 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13947 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13949 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13952 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13953 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13955 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13958 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13959 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13961 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13963 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13964 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13966 \(fn)" t nil)
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13969 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13971 \(fn)" t nil)
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13974 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13976 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13977 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13978 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13980 \(fn)" t nil)
13982 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
13983 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13985 \(fn)" t nil)
13987 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13988 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13990 \(fn)" t nil)
13992 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13993 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13994 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13995 filter into parts.
13997 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14001 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14003 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14006 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14008 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14010 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14011 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14013 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14015 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14018 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14020 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14023 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14024 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14025 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14026 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14028 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14029 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14030 Default sorting modes are:
14031 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14032 Name - the name of the buffer
14033 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14034 Size - the size of the buffer
14036 \(fn)" t nil)
14038 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14041 \(fn)" t nil)
14042 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14043 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14045 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14046 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14048 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14049 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14051 \(fn)" t nil)
14053 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14054 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14055 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14056 for this Ibuffer session.
14058 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14060 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14061 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14062 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14063 for this Ibuffer session.
14065 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14067 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14068 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14070 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14071 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14073 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14074 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14076 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14081 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14082 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14084 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14089 \(fn)" t nil)
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14092 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14094 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14095 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14096 hidden group filter, open it.
14098 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14099 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14100 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14102 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14104 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14105 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14106 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14108 \(fn)" t nil)
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14113 The names are separated by a space.
14114 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14116 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14117 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14118 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14119 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14121 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14128 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14130 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14133 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14135 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14138 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14140 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14143 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14145 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14146 Mark all modified buffers.
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14153 \(fn)" t nil)
14155 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14158 \(fn)" t nil)
14160 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14163 \(fn)" t nil)
14165 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14168 \(fn)" t nil)
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14171 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14173 \(fn)" t nil)
14175 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14178 \(fn)" t nil)
14180 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Mark all read-only buffers.
14183 \(fn)" t nil)
14185 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14188 \(fn)" t nil)
14190 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14192 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14193 defaults to one.
14195 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14197 ;;;***
14199 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14200 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18475
14201 ;;;;;; 38849))
14202 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14204 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14205 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14207 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14208 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14209 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14211 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14212 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14213 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14214 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14215 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14216 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14218 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14219 title of the column.
14221 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14222 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14223 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14224 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14225 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14227 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14229 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14230 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14231 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14232 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14233 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14235 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14236 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14237 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14239 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14241 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14242 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14243 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14244 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14245 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14246 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14248 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14249 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14250 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14251 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14252 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14253 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14254 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14255 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14256 values are:
14257 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14258 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14259 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14260 buffer's modification flag.
14261 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14262 prompted before performing this operation.
14263 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14264 operation is complete, in the form:
14265 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14266 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14267 confirmation message, in the form:
14268 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14269 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14270 macro for exactly what it does.
14272 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14274 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14275 Define a filter named NAME.
14276 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14277 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14278 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14280 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14281 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14282 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14283 bound to the current value of the filter.
14285 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14287 ;;;***
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14290 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18475 38849))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14294 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14301 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14302 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14303 buffers which are visiting a file.
14305 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14307 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14308 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14309 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14311 All arguments are optional.
14312 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14313 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14314 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14315 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14316 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14317 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14318 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14319 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14320 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14321 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14322 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14323 that value locally in this buffer.
14325 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14327 ;;;***
14329 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14330 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14331 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18487 32171))
14332 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14335 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14337 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14339 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14341 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14342 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14343 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14344 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14345 ICAL-FILENAME.
14346 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14347 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14348 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14350 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14352 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14353 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14354 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14355 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14356 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14357 non-marking or not.
14359 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14361 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14362 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14364 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14365 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14366 DIARY-FILE.
14368 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14369 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14370 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14372 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14373 non-marking.
14375 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14376 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14377 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14379 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14381 ;;;***
14383 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18498
14384 ;;;;;; 31280))
14385 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14387 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14388 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14389 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14391 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14392 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14394 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14396 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14397 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14398 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14399 otherwise turn it off.
14401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14403 ;;;***
14405 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18464 4598))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14408 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14409 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14410 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14411 Tab indents for Icon code.
14412 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14413 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14414 \\{icon-mode-map}
14415 Variables controlling indentation style:
14416 icon-tab-always-indent
14417 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14418 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14419 icon-auto-newline
14420 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14421 inserted in Icon code.
14422 icon-indent-level
14423 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14424 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14425 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14426 icon-continued-statement-offset
14427 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14428 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14429 icon-continued-brace-offset
14430 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14431 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14432 icon-brace-offset
14433 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14434 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14435 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14436 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14438 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14439 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14441 \(fn)" t nil)
14443 ;;;***
14445 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14446 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14449 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14450 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14451 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14452 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14454 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14455 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14456 separate frames.
14458 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14459 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14461 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14462 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14463 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14465 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14467 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14469 ;;;***
14471 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14472 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
14473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14475 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14476 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14478 The main features of this mode are
14480 1. Indentation and Formatting
14481 --------------------------
14482 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14483 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14485 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14486 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14487 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14488 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14490 Comments are indented as follows:
14492 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14493 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14494 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14496 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14498 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14499 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14500 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14501 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14502 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14503 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14505 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14506 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14507 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14508 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14510 2. Routine Info
14511 ------------
14512 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14513 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14514 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14515 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14516 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14517 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14518 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14519 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14520 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14521 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14523 3. Online IDL Help
14524 ---------------
14526 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14527 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14528 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14529 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14531 4. Completion
14532 ----------
14533 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14534 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14535 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14536 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14537 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14538 upper case.
14540 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14541 --------------------------------
14542 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14543 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14545 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14546 \\fu FUNCTION template
14547 \\c CASE statement template
14548 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14549 \\f FOR loop template
14550 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14551 \\w WHILE loop template
14552 \\i IF statement template
14553 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14554 \\b BEGIN
14556 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14557 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14559 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14560 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14561 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14562 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14564 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14565 -------------------------
14566 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14567 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14569 7. Automatic END completion
14570 ------------------------
14571 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14572 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14574 8. Hooks
14575 -----
14576 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14577 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14579 9. Documentation and Customization
14580 -------------------------------
14581 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14582 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14583 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14584 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14585 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14587 10.Keybindings
14588 -----------
14589 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14590 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14591 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14593 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14595 \(fn)" t nil)
14596 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14598 ;;;***
14600 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14601 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14602 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14603 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14604 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14605 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14606 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14607 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18478
14608 ;;;;;; 45999))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14611 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14612 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14613 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14614 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14615 displaying...)
14616 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14617 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14618 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14621 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14623 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14625 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14626 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14627 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14628 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14629 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14630 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14631 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14632 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14633 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14637 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14638 Switch to another buffer.
14639 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14640 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14641 in another frame.
14643 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14644 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14645 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14646 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14647 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14649 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14650 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14652 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14653 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14655 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14656 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14657 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14658 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14659 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14660 in a separate window.
14661 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14662 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14664 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14665 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14666 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14667 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14668 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14669 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14671 \(fn)" t nil)
14673 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14674 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14675 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14676 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14678 \(fn)" t nil)
14680 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14681 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14682 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14683 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14685 \(fn)" t nil)
14687 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14688 Kill a buffer.
14689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14690 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14692 \(fn)" t nil)
14694 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14695 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14696 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14697 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14699 \(fn)" t nil)
14701 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14702 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14703 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14704 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14708 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14709 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14711 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14713 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14714 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14715 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14716 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14717 visible in another frame.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14720 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14721 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14722 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14723 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14724 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14726 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14727 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14729 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14730 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14732 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14733 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14734 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14735 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14736 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14737 in a separate window.
14738 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14739 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14741 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14742 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14743 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14744 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14745 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14746 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14747 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14751 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14756 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14757 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14758 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14759 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14764 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14765 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14770 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14771 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14772 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14778 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14780 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14784 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14785 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14786 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14791 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14792 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14793 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803 \(fn)" t nil)
14805 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14806 Write current buffer to a file.
14807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14812 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14813 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14819 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14820 Call `dired' the ido way.
14821 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14826 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14827 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14828 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14829 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14830 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14831 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14833 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14835 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14836 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14837 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14838 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14840 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14842 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14843 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14844 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14845 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14847 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14849 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14850 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14851 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14852 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14853 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14854 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14855 with `completing-read'.
14856 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14857 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14858 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14859 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14860 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14861 with point positioned at the end.
14862 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14863 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14865 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14867 ;;;***
14869 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18464 4590))
14870 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14871 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14873 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14874 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14875 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14877 \(fn)" t nil)
14879 ;;;***
14881 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14882 ;;;;;; (18464 4590))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14885 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14886 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14888 \(fn)" t nil)
14890 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14891 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14895 ;;;***
14897 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14898 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14899 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14900 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14901 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18512 40701))
14902 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14904 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14905 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14906 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14907 be determined.
14909 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14911 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14912 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14913 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14914 be determined.
14916 \(fn)" nil nil)
14918 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14919 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14920 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14921 be determined.
14923 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14925 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14926 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14927 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14928 be determined.
14930 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14932 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14933 Determine and return image type.
14934 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14935 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14936 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14937 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14938 use its file extension as image type.
14939 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14941 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14943 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14944 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14945 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14947 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14949 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14950 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14951 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14953 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14954 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14955 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14956 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14957 must be available.
14959 \(fn)" nil nil)
14961 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14962 Create an image.
14963 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14964 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14965 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14966 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14967 use its file extension as image type.
14968 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14969 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14970 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14971 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14973 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14975 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14976 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14977 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14979 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14981 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14982 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14983 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14984 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14985 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14986 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14987 POS may be an integer or marker.
14988 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14989 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14990 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14991 means display it in the right marginal area.
14993 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14995 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14996 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14997 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14998 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14999 defaulted if you omit it.
15000 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15001 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15002 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15003 means display it in the right marginal area.
15004 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15005 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15006 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15007 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15008 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15010 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15012 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15013 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15014 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15015 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15016 defaulted if you omit it.
15017 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15018 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15019 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15020 means display it in the right marginal area.
15021 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15023 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15025 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15026 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15027 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15028 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15030 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15032 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15033 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15035 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15037 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15038 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15039 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15040 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15041 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15042 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15043 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15044 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15045 satisfied.
15047 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15049 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15051 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15053 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15054 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15056 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15057 documentation string.
15059 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15060 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15061 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15062 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15063 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15064 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15065 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15066 define SYMBOL.
15068 Example:
15070 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15071 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15073 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15075 ;;;***
15077 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15078 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15079 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15080 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15081 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15082 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15083 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15084 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18512 40701))
15085 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15087 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15088 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15090 \(fn)" t nil)
15092 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15093 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15095 Convenience command that:
15097 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15098 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15099 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15101 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15102 image files in dired and type
15103 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15105 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15107 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15108 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15110 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15112 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15113 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15114 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15115 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15116 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15117 another one).
15119 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15120 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15121 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15123 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15124 instead of erasing it first.
15126 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15127 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15128 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15129 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15130 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15131 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15133 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15136 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15137 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15138 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15139 displayed.
15141 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15143 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15145 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15148 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15150 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15152 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15153 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15154 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15156 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15158 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15159 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15161 \(fn)" t nil)
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15164 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15165 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15166 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15168 \(fn)" t nil)
15170 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15171 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15173 \(fn)" t nil)
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15176 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15178 \(fn)" t nil)
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15181 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15183 \(fn)" t nil)
15185 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15186 Display current image file.
15187 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15188 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15192 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15193 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15195 \(fn)" t nil)
15197 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15198 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15199 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15200 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15201 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15202 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15203 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15205 \(fn)" t nil)
15207 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15208 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15209 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15210 easy-to-use form.
15212 \(fn)" t nil)
15214 ;;;***
15216 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15217 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15218 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18464 4590))
15219 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15221 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15222 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15223 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15224 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15226 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15227 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15228 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15229 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15231 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15233 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15234 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15235 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15236 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15238 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15239 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15240 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15241 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15243 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15245 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15246 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15248 \(fn)" nil nil)
15250 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15251 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15252 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15253 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15255 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15257 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15258 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15259 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15262 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15264 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15266 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15267 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15268 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15269 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15271 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15272 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15273 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15277 ;;;***
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15280 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18512 40701))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15282 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15283 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15284 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15285 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15286 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15287 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15288 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15289 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15290 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15292 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15293 Major mode for image files.
15294 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15295 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15297 \(fn)" t nil)
15299 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15300 Toggle Image minor mode.
15301 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15302 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15306 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15307 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15308 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15309 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15310 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15311 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15313 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15314 information on these modes.
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15318 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15319 Not documented
15321 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15323 ;;;***
15325 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15326 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18464 4591))
15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15329 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15330 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15332 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15334 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15335 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15336 in the buffer.
15338 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15340 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15341 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15342 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15344 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15346 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15347 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15349 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15350 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15351 pattern's structure.
15353 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15354 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15355 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15356 during matching.")
15358 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15360 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15361 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15363 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15364 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15365 called within a `save-excursion'.
15367 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15369 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15371 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15372 Function for finding the next index position.
15374 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15375 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15376 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15377 file.
15379 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15380 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15382 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15384 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15385 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15387 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15388 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15389 It should return the name for that index item.")
15391 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15393 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15394 Function to compare string with index item.
15396 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15397 non-nil if they match.
15399 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15400 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15401 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15402 arguments match\".")
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15406 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15407 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15408 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15414 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15416 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15417 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15418 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15419 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15421 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15423 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15424 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15426 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15428 \(fn)" t nil)
15430 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15431 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15432 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15433 for more information.
15435 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15437 ;;;***
15439 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15440 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15441 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18464 4595))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15444 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15445 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15449 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15450 Not documented
15452 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15454 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15455 Not documented
15457 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15459 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15460 Not documented
15462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15464 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15465 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15467 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15469 ;;;***
15471 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15472 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15473 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18464 4598))
15474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15476 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15477 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15478 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15479 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15480 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15482 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15484 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15485 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15487 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15489 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15490 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15491 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15492 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15493 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15494 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15495 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15496 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15498 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15500 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15501 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15502 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15503 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15504 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15506 This variable is only used if the variable
15507 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15509 More precise choices:
15510 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15511 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15512 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15514 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15516 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15518 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15519 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15521 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15522 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15523 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15524 to that buffer.
15525 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15526 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15527 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15530 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15531 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15533 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15535 ;;;***
15537 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15538 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15539 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15540 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18517 53416))
15541 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15543 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15544 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15546 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15547 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15548 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15550 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15551 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15552 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15553 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15554 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15555 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15556 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15557 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15558 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15559 with the top-level Info directory.
15561 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15562 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15563 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15564 appended to the Info buffer name.
15566 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15567 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15568 in all the directories in that path.
15570 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15572 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15573 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15575 \(fn)" t nil)
15577 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15578 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15579 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15580 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15582 \(fn)" nil nil)
15584 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15585 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15586 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15587 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15589 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15591 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15592 Go to the Info directory node.
15594 \(fn)" t nil)
15596 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15597 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15598 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15599 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15600 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15601 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15603 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15605 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15606 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15607 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15609 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15611 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15612 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15613 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15614 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15615 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15617 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15618 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15620 Selecting other nodes:
15621 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15622 Follow a node reference you click on.
15623 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15624 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15625 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15626 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15627 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15628 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15629 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15630 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15631 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15632 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15633 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15634 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15635 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15636 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15637 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15638 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15639 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15640 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15641 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15642 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15644 Moving within a node:
15645 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15646 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15647 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15648 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15649 move up to the parent node.
15650 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15651 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15652 if there is none.
15653 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15655 Advanced commands:
15656 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15657 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15658 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15659 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15660 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15661 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15662 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15663 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15664 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15665 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15666 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15667 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15668 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15669 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15670 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15671 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15673 \(fn)" nil nil)
15674 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15676 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15677 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15678 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15679 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15680 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15681 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15683 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15684 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15686 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15687 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15688 KEY is a string.
15689 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15690 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15691 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15692 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15694 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15696 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15697 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15698 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15700 \(fn)" t nil)
15702 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15703 Not documented
15705 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15707 ;;;***
15709 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15710 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15711 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15714 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15715 Throw away all cached data.
15716 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15717 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15718 system.
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15721 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15723 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15724 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15725 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15726 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15727 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15728 one found at point.
15730 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15732 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15733 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15735 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15736 Display the documentation of a file.
15737 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15738 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15739 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15740 The default file name is the one found at point.
15742 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15744 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15746 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15747 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15749 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15751 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15752 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15754 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15756 ;;;***
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15759 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18464 4591))
15760 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15762 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15763 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15765 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15767 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15768 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15769 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15771 \(fn)" t nil)
15773 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15774 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15775 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15777 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15778 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15779 quite a while.
15781 \(fn)" t nil)
15783 ;;;***
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15786 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18464 4591))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15789 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15790 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15792 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15794 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15795 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15796 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15798 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15799 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15800 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15802 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15803 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15804 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15805 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15807 \(fn)" t nil)
15809 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15810 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15811 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15813 \(fn)" t nil)
15815 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15816 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15817 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15818 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15821 \(fn)" nil nil)
15823 ;;;***
15825 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
15826 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
15829 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
15830 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
15831 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
15833 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
15834 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
15836 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
15837 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
15838 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
15839 next occurrence.
15841 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
15842 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
15843 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
15844 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
15845 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
15846 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
15847 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
15848 buffer in the series.")
15850 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
15851 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
15852 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15856 ;;;***
15858 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15859 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15860 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
15861 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15863 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15864 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15866 \(fn)" t nil)
15868 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15869 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15871 \(fn)" t nil)
15873 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15874 Not documented
15876 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15878 ;;;***
15880 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18464
15881 ;;;;;; 4591))
15882 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15884 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15885 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15886 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15887 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15888 accessed via isearchb.
15890 \(fn)" t nil)
15892 ;;;***
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15895 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15896 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15897 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18464 4594))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15900 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15901 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15902 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15903 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15904 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15906 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15908 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15909 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15910 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15911 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15912 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15914 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15916 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15917 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15918 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15919 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15920 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15922 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15924 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15925 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15926 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15927 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15930 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15932 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15933 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15934 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15935 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15940 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15941 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15942 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15943 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15946 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15948 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15949 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15950 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15951 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15954 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15956 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15957 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15958 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15959 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15961 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15963 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15964 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15965 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15970 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Warn that format is read-only.
15973 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15975 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Warn that format is write-only.
15978 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15980 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15981 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15983 \(fn)" t nil)
15985 ;;;***
15987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15988 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
15989 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15990 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15991 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15992 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15994 ;;;***
15996 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15997 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15998 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15999 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16000 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18464 4602))
16001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16002 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16004 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16005 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16006 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16007 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16009 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16010 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16012 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16013 Key map for ispell menu.")
16015 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16016 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16017 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16018 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16020 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16022 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16024 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16026 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16028 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16029 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16030 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16031 Valid forms include:
16032 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16033 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16034 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16035 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16037 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16038 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16039 First list is used raw.
16040 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16042 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16043 for skipping in latex mode.")
16045 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16046 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16047 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16048 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16049 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16050 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16051 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16053 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16054 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16055 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16056 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16058 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16059 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16060 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16061 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16062 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16064 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16065 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16067 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16068 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16070 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16071 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16073 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16074 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16076 Return values:
16077 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16078 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16079 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16080 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16081 quit spell session exited.
16083 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16085 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16086 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16087 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16089 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16091 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16092 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16094 Selections are:
16096 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16097 SPC: Accept word this time.
16098 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16099 `a': Accept word for this session.
16100 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16101 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16102 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16103 `?': Show these commands.
16104 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16105 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16106 the aborted check to be completed later.
16107 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16108 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16109 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16110 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16111 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16112 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16113 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16115 \(fn)" nil nil)
16117 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16118 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16119 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16121 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16123 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16124 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16125 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16126 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16128 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16130 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16132 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16133 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16134 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16135 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16137 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16139 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16140 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16142 \(fn)" t nil)
16144 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16145 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16147 \(fn)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16150 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16154 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16155 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16156 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16157 sequence inside of a word.
16159 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16161 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16163 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16164 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16166 \(fn)" t nil)
16168 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16169 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16170 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16171 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16173 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16174 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16175 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16176 available on the net.
16178 \(fn)" t nil)
16180 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16181 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16182 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16183 otherwise turn it off.
16185 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16186 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16188 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16189 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16193 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16194 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16195 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16196 Don't check included messages.
16198 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16199 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16200 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16202 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16203 in your .emacs file:
16204 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16205 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16206 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16207 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16209 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16210 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16211 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16213 \(fn)" t nil)
16215 ;;;***
16217 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18464
16218 ;;;;;; 4591))
16219 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16221 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16222 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16223 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16225 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16226 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16228 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16230 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16231 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16232 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16233 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16234 `iswitchb' for details.
16236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16238 ;;;***
16240 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16241 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16242 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16243 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18464 4595))
16244 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16246 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16247 Not documented
16249 \(fn)" nil nil)
16251 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16252 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16253 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16254 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16255 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16256 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16257 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16258 necessary to represent OBJ.
16260 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16262 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16263 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16264 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16265 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16267 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16269 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16270 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16271 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16272 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16273 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16275 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16277 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16278 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16279 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16280 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16282 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16284 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16285 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16286 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16287 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16289 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16291 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16292 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16294 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16296 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16297 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16298 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16299 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16300 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16302 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16304 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16305 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16306 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16307 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16308 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16310 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16312 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16313 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16314 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16316 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16318 ;;;***
16320 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16321 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18494 34226))
16322 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16324 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16325 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16326 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16327 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16329 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16330 Not documented
16332 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16334 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16335 Uninstall jka-compr.
16336 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16337 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16338 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16340 \(fn)" nil nil)
16342 ;;;***
16344 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16345 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16346 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
16347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16349 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16350 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16351 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16352 decimal key must be specified.")
16354 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16356 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16357 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16358 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16359 decimal key must be specified.")
16361 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16363 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16364 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16365 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16366 decimal key must be specified.")
16368 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16370 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16371 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16372 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16373 decimal key must be specified.")
16375 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16377 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16378 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16379 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16380 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16381 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16382 keys are bound.
16384 Setup Binding
16385 -------------------------------------------------------------
16386 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16387 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16388 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16389 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16390 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16391 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16392 in the global and local keymaps.
16394 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16395 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16397 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16399 ;;;***
16401 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16402 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
16403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16405 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16406 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16407 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16409 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16410 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16411 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16412 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16413 shorter.
16415 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16416 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16417 the context of text formatting.
16419 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16421 ;;;***
16423 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18464
16424 ;;;;;; 4594))
16425 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16427 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16428 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16429 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16430 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16431 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16432 positions that contains the current selection.")
16434 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16435 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16436 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16437 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16438 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16439 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16440 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16442 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16444 ;;;***
16446 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16447 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16448 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16449 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18464 4591))
16450 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16451 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16452 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16453 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16454 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16455 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16456 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16457 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16459 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16460 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16461 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16462 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16463 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16465 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16467 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16468 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16469 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16471 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16472 defining the macro.
16474 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16475 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16476 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16478 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16479 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16481 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16483 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16484 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16485 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16486 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16487 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16488 under that name.
16490 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16491 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16492 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16496 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16497 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16498 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16500 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16501 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16502 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16503 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16505 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16506 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16508 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16510 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16511 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16512 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16514 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16515 macro.
16517 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16518 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16520 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16521 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16522 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16524 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16525 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16527 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16529 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16530 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16531 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16532 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16534 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16536 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16537 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16538 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16539 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16541 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16542 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16544 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16546 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16547 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16548 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16550 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16552 ;;;***
16554 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16555 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18464 4595))
16556 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16558 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16559 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16560 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16562 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16563 Not documented
16565 \(fn)" nil nil)
16567 ;;;***
16569 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16570 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
16571 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16573 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16575 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16576 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16578 \(fn)" t nil)
16580 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16582 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16583 Start or resume an Lm game.
16584 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16585 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16587 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16588 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16589 none / 1 | yes | no
16590 2 | yes | yes
16591 3 | no | yes
16592 4 | no | no
16594 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16595 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16596 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16598 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16600 ;;;***
16602 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16603 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16604 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18464 4595))
16605 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16607 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16608 Not documented
16610 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16612 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16613 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16614 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16615 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16616 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16617 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16619 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16620 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16622 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16624 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16625 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16627 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16629 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16630 Not documented
16632 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
16634 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16635 Not documented
16637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16639 ;;;***
16641 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16642 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16643 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18464 4594))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16646 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16647 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16648 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16649 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16651 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16653 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16654 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16655 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16657 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16659 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16660 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16661 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16663 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16665 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16666 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16667 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16668 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16670 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16672 ;;;***
16674 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16675 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18464 4594))
16676 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16678 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16679 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16680 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16681 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16682 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16683 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16684 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16685 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16687 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16688 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16691 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16693 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16695 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16696 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16697 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16698 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16699 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16700 `latin1-display-setup'.
16702 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16704 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16705 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16706 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16707 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16710 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16712 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16714 ;;;***
16716 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16717 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16720 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16722 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16724 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16725 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16727 \(fn)" t nil)
16729 ;;;***
16731 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16732 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
16733 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16735 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16736 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16738 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16739 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16741 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16742 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16744 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16745 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16746 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16747 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16748 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16749 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16750 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16751 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16752 and transmit saved text.
16754 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16755 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16756 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16758 \(fn)" t nil)
16760 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16761 Not documented
16763 \(fn)" nil nil)
16765 ;;;***
16767 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18464 4597))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16770 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16771 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16772 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16773 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16774 generations (this defaults to 1).
16776 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16778 ;;;***
16780 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16781 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18464 4591))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16784 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16785 Format used to display line numbers.
16786 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16787 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16788 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16789 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16791 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16793 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16794 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16798 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16799 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16800 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16803 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16805 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16807 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16808 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16809 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16810 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16811 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16815 ;;;***
16817 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18464
16818 ;;;;;; 4591))
16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16821 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16822 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16823 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16824 is nil, raise an error.
16826 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16827 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16828 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16829 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16830 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16831 defined by the library.
16833 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16834 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16835 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16836 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16837 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16838 proceeds.
16840 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16841 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16842 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16843 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16845 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16847 ;;;***
16849 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16850 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18464 4591))
16851 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16853 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16854 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16855 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16857 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16859 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16860 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16861 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16862 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16864 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16865 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16866 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16867 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16868 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16869 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16870 the version.)
16872 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16873 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16875 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16876 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16878 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16880 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16882 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16883 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16884 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16885 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16886 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16887 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16888 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16889 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16890 to constrain a big search.
16892 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16894 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16895 except that FILTER is not optional.
16897 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16899 ;;;***
16901 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18464 4591))
16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16904 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16905 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16906 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16907 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16908 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16909 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16910 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16911 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16913 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16914 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16915 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16916 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16917 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16919 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16920 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16921 uses the current buffer.
16923 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16925 ;;;***
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18518
16928 ;;;;;; 16558))
16929 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16931 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16932 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16934 \(fn)" t nil)
16936 ;;;***
16938 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18513
16939 ;;;;;; 24152))
16940 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16942 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16943 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16944 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16945 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16946 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16948 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16949 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16950 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16952 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16953 are indicated with a symbol.
16955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16957 ;;;***
16959 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16960 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18464
16961 ;;;;;; 4591))
16962 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16964 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
16966 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16968 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
16969 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16970 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16972 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16973 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16975 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16976 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16977 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16978 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16979 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16980 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16981 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16983 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16985 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16986 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16987 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16988 switch on this list.
16989 See `lpr-command'.")
16991 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16993 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16994 *Name of program for printing a file.
16996 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16997 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16998 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16999 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17000 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17001 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17002 argument.")
17004 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17006 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17007 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17008 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17009 for customization of the printer command.
17011 \(fn)" t nil)
17013 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17014 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17016 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17017 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17018 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17019 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17021 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17022 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17024 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17025 for further customization of the printer command.
17027 \(fn)" t nil)
17029 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17030 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17031 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17032 for customization of the printer command.
17034 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17036 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17037 Paginate and print the region contents.
17039 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17040 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17041 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17042 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17044 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17045 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17047 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17048 for further customization of the printer command.
17050 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17052 ;;;***
17054 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17055 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17058 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17059 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17060 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17062 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17064 ;;;***
17066 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18463
17067 ;;;;;; 52127))
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17070 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17071 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17072 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17073 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17077 ;;;***
17079 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18464
17080 ;;;;;; 4598))
17081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17083 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17084 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17085 \\{m4-mode-map}
17087 \(fn)" t nil)
17089 ;;;***
17091 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17092 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
17093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17095 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17096 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17097 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17098 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17099 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17101 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17103 ;;;***
17105 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17106 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18483 40158))
17107 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17109 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17110 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17111 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17112 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17113 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17115 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17117 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17118 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17119 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17120 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17122 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17123 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17124 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17125 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17126 bindings.
17128 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17129 use this command, and then save the file.
17131 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17133 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17134 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17135 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17136 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17137 each time the macro executes.
17138 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17139 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17140 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17141 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17142 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17143 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17144 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17146 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17148 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17149 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17150 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17151 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17153 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17154 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17155 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17156 execute.
17158 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17159 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17161 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17162 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17163 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17164 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17165 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17167 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17168 looked like this:
17170 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17171 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17172 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17174 You could enter the names in this format:
17180 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17182 \\C-x (
17183 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17184 \\C-x )
17186 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17187 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17189 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17190 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17192 ;;;***
17194 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17195 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18464 4595))
17196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17198 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17199 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17200 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17201 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17202 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17203 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17205 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17206 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17207 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17208 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17209 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17211 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17212 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17213 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17214 consing a string.)
17216 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17218 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17219 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17221 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17223 ;;;***
17225 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17226 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17227 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
17228 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17230 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17231 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17233 \(fn)" nil nil)
17235 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17236 Not documented
17238 \(fn)" nil nil)
17240 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17241 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17243 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17245 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17246 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17247 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17248 message.
17250 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17252 \(fn)" nil nil)
17254 ;;;***
17256 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17257 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17258 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18464
17259 ;;;;;; 4595))
17260 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17262 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17263 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17264 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17265 often correct parser.")
17267 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17269 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17270 Not documented
17272 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17274 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17275 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17276 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17277 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17279 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17281 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17282 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17283 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17284 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17286 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17288 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17289 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17290 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17291 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17292 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17293 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17294 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17295 as Rmail does.
17297 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17299 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17300 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17301 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17302 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17303 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17304 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17306 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17308 ;;;***
17310 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17311 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18464
17312 ;;;;;; 4595))
17313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17315 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17316 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17317 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17318 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17319 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17320 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17322 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17324 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17325 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17329 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17330 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17332 \(fn)" nil nil)
17334 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17335 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17336 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17338 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17340 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17341 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17342 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17344 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17346 ;;;***
17348 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17349 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18464
17350 ;;;;;; 4595))
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17353 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17354 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17355 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17356 king@grassland.com
17357 If `parens', they look like:
17358 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17359 If `angles', they look like:
17360 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17362 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17364 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17365 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17366 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17367 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17368 their `Resent-' variants.
17370 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17371 removed from alias expansions.
17373 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17375 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17376 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17377 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17379 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17380 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17381 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17382 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17384 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17386 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17387 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17388 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17389 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17391 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17393 ;;;***
17395 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17396 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
17397 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17399 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17400 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17401 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17402 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17404 \(fn)" nil nil)
17406 ;;;***
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17409 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17410 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18501 43689))
17411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17413 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17414 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17416 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17417 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17418 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17419 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17420 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17421 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17423 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17424 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17425 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17426 dependency, despite the colon.
17428 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17430 In the browser, use the following keys:
17432 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17434 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17436 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17437 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17439 `makefile-target-colon':
17440 The string that gets appended to all target names
17441 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17442 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17444 `makefile-macro-assign':
17445 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17446 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17447 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17448 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17449 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17450 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17452 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17453 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17454 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17456 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17457 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17459 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17460 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17461 up or down in the browser.
17463 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17464 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17466 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17467 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17469 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17470 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17471 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17472 has been selected in the browser.
17474 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17475 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17476 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17477 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17478 filenames are omitted.
17480 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17481 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17482 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17483 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17484 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17485 the backslash itself intact.
17486 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17487 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17489 `makefile-browser-hook':
17490 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17491 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17493 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17494 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17495 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17496 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17498 \(fn)" t nil)
17500 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17501 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17503 \(fn)" t nil)
17505 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17506 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17508 \(fn)" t nil)
17510 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17511 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17513 \(fn)" t nil)
17515 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17516 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17518 \(fn)" t nil)
17520 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17521 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17523 \(fn)" t nil)
17525 ;;;***
17527 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18464
17528 ;;;;;; 4591))
17529 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17531 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17532 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17533 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17535 \(fn)" t nil)
17537 ;;;***
17539 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18464 4591))
17540 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17542 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17544 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17545 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17546 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17547 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17548 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17549 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17550 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17552 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17553 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17554 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17555 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17557 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17559 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17560 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17562 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17564 ;;;***
17566 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18464 4591))
17567 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17569 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17570 Toggle Master mode.
17571 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17572 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17573 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17575 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17576 following commands:
17578 \\{master-mode-map}
17580 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17581 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17582 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17586 ;;;***
17588 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17589 ;;;;;; (18464 4591))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17592 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17593 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17594 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17597 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17599 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17601 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
17602 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17603 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17604 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17605 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17607 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17608 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17612 ;;;***
17614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18513 62915))
17615 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17617 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17619 ;;;***
17621 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17622 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17623 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17624 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17625 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17626 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17627 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18511 17106))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17630 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17632 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17633 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17634 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17635 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17636 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17637 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17638 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17639 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17640 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17641 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17642 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17643 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17644 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17645 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17646 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17647 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17648 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17649 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17650 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17651 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17652 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17653 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17654 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17655 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17656 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17657 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17658 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17659 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17660 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17661 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17662 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17663 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17664 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17665 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17666 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17667 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17668 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17669 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17671 \(fn)" t nil)
17673 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17674 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17675 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17676 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17677 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17679 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17681 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17682 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17684 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17686 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17687 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17689 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17691 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17692 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17694 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17696 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17697 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17698 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17700 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17702 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17703 Cancel an article you posted.
17704 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17708 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17709 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17710 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17711 header line with the old Message-ID.
17713 \(fn)" t nil)
17715 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17716 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17718 \(fn)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17721 Forward the current message via mail.
17722 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17723 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17725 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17728 Not documented
17730 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17732 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17733 Not documented
17735 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17737 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17738 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17740 \(fn)" t nil)
17742 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17743 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17745 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17748 Re-mail the current message.
17749 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17750 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17751 you.
17753 \(fn)" t nil)
17755 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17756 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17758 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17760 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17761 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17763 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17765 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17766 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17768 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17771 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17773 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17776 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17777 Works by overstriking characters.
17778 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17779 which specify the range to operate on.
17781 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17783 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17784 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17785 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17786 which specify the range to operate on.
17788 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17790 ;;;***
17792 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17793 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
17794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17796 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17797 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17798 Special commands:
17799 \\{meta-mode-map}
17801 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17802 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17804 \(fn)" t nil)
17806 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17807 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17808 Special commands:
17809 \\{meta-mode-map}
17811 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17812 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17814 \(fn)" t nil)
17816 ;;;***
17818 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17819 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17820 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17823 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17824 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17825 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17827 \(fn)" t nil)
17829 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17830 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17831 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17832 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17833 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17834 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17835 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17837 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17839 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17840 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17841 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17842 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17843 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17844 means current).
17845 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17846 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17848 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17850 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17851 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17852 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17853 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17854 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17855 means current).
17856 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17857 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17859 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17861 ;;;***
17863 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17864 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17865 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18509 1586))
17866 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17868 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17869 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17870 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17872 \(fn)" t nil)
17874 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17875 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17876 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17878 \(fn)" t nil)
17880 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17881 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17883 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17884 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17885 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17887 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17888 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17890 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17891 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17893 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17895 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17897 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17898 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17899 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17900 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17901 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17902 as `compose-mail'.
17904 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17905 initial Subject field, respectively.
17907 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17908 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17909 are strings.
17911 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17912 ignored.
17914 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17916 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17917 Save draft and send message.
17919 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17920 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17921 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17922 Mail Delivery*\".
17924 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17925 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17926 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17928 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17929 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17930 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17931 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17932 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17933 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17935 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17936 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17940 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17941 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17943 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17944 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17945 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17946 delete the draft message.
17948 \(fn)" t nil)
17950 ;;;***
17952 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18500 35546))
17953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17955 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17957 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17959 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17961 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17962 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17964 \(fn)" t nil)
17966 ;;;***
17968 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17969 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18512 40701))
17970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17972 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17973 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17974 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17976 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17977 the MH mail system.
17979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17981 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17982 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17983 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17985 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17986 the MH mail system.
17988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17990 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17991 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17993 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17994 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17995 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17996 separate command.
17998 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17999 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18000 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18001 format.
18003 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18005 Ranges
18006 ======
18007 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18008 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18009 can be used in several ways.
18011 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18012 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18013 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18014 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18015 page):
18017 <num1>-<num2>
18018 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18019 The range must be nonempty.
18021 <num>:N
18022 <num>:+N
18023 <num>:-N
18024 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18025 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18026 last.
18028 first:N
18029 prev:N
18030 next:N
18031 last:N
18032 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18035 All of the messages.
18037 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18038 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18040 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18041 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18042 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18044 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18046 \(fn)" t nil)
18048 ;;;***
18050 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18051 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18464 4591))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18054 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18055 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18056 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18057 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18058 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18059 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18060 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18061 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18062 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18063 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18064 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18066 \(fn)" t nil)
18068 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18069 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18070 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18071 to its second argument TM.
18073 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18075 ;;;***
18077 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18078 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18464 4591))
18079 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18081 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18082 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18083 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18086 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18088 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18090 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18091 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18092 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18093 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18094 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18095 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18096 default indication.
18098 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18099 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18103 ;;;***
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18106 ;;;;;; (18487 13182))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18109 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18110 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18111 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18115 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18117 ;;;***
18119 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18120 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18463 55077))
18121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18123 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18124 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18126 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18128 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18129 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18130 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18131 the entire message.
18132 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18134 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18136 ;;;***
18138 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18139 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18142 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18143 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18144 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18145 the entire message.
18146 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18148 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18150 ;;;***
18152 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18153 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18463 55077))
18154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18156 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18157 Insert file contents of URL.
18158 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18160 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18162 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18163 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18165 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18167 ;;;***
18169 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18170 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18463 55077))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18173 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18174 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18175 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18176 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18177 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18179 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18181 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18182 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18183 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18185 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18187 ;;;***
18189 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18190 ;;;;;; (18511 17106))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18193 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18194 Not documented
18196 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18198 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18199 Not documented
18201 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18203 ;;;***
18205 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18206 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18207 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18511 17106))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18210 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18211 Not documented
18213 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18215 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18216 Not documented
18218 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18220 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18221 Not documented
18223 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18225 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18226 Not documented
18228 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18230 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18231 Not documented
18233 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18235 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18236 Not documented
18238 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18240 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18241 Not documented
18243 \(fn)" nil nil)
18245 ;;;***
18247 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18248 ;;;;;; (18430 26748))
18249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18251 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18252 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18253 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18254 followed by the first character of the construct.
18255 \\<m2-mode-map>
18256 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18257 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18258 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18259 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18260 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18261 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18262 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18263 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18264 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18265 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18266 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18267 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18268 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18269 \\[m2-link] link
18271 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18272 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18273 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18275 \(fn)" t nil)
18277 ;;;***
18279 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18280 ;;;;;; (18464 4597))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18283 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18284 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18286 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18288 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18289 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18291 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18293 ;;;***
18295 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18512
18296 ;;;;;; 40701))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18299 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18300 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18301 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18304 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18306 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18308 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18309 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18310 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18311 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18313 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18315 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18317 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18319 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18320 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18321 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18322 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18323 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18324 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18326 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18327 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18328 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18329 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18330 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18332 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18333 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18335 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18336 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18338 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18340 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18341 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18342 primary selection and region.
18344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18346 ;;;***
18348 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18464 4597))
18349 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18351 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18352 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18354 \(fn)" t nil)
18356 ;;;***
18358 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18464 4591))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18361 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18362 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18363 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18364 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18365 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18366 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18368 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18370 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18371 Toggle Msb mode.
18372 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18373 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18374 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18378 ;;;***
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag
18381 ;;;;;; list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font
18382 ;;;;;; list-coding-categories list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system
18383 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system-briefly describe-coding-system
18384 ;;;;;; describe-character-set list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
18385 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (18512 40701))
18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18388 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18389 Display a list of all character sets.
18391 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18392 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18393 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18394 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18396 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18397 but still shows the full information.
18399 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18401 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18402 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18403 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18405 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18406 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18407 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18408 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18409 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18411 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18413 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18414 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18416 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18418 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18419 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18421 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18423 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18424 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18426 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18428 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18429 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18431 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18432 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18433 in place of `..':
18434 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18435 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18436 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18437 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18438 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18439 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18440 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18441 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18442 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18443 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18444 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18445 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18446 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18447 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18448 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18449 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18451 \(fn)" t nil)
18453 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18454 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18456 \(fn)" t nil)
18458 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18459 Display a list of all coding systems.
18460 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18462 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18463 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18467 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18468 Display a list of all coding categories.
18470 \(fn)" nil nil)
18472 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18473 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18474 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18476 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18478 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18479 Display information about FONTSET.
18480 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18482 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18484 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18485 Display a list of all fontsets.
18486 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18487 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18488 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18490 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18492 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18493 Display information about all input methods.
18495 \(fn)" t nil)
18497 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18498 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18500 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18501 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18502 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18503 system which uses fontsets).
18505 \(fn)" t nil)
18507 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18508 Location of UnicodeData file.
18509 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18510 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18511 looked up from it.")
18513 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18515 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18516 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18517 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18518 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18520 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18522 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18523 Show log of font listing and opening.
18525 \(fn)" t nil)
18527 ;;;***
18529 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18530 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18531 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18532 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18533 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18534 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18512 40701))
18535 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18537 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18538 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18539 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18541 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18543 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18545 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18546 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18548 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18549 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18551 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18552 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18554 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18556 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18557 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18558 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18559 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18560 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18561 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18562 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18564 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18565 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18566 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18567 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18568 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18569 middle of a character in STR.
18571 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18572 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18574 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18575 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18576 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18577 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18578 defaults to \"...\".
18580 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18582 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18583 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18585 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18586 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18587 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18589 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18590 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18591 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18593 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18594 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18595 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18596 is considered.
18597 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18598 longer than KEYSEQ.
18599 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18601 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18603 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18604 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18605 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18606 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18607 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18608 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18609 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18610 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18611 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18612 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18613 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18615 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18617 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18618 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18620 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18622 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18623 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18625 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18627 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18628 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18630 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18632 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18633 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18635 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18637 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18638 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18639 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18640 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18641 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18643 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18645 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18646 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18647 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18648 coding systems ordered by priority.
18650 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18652 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18653 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18654 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18655 language environment LANG-ENV.
18657 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18659 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18660 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18661 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18662 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18663 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18664 basis, this may not be accurate.
18666 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18668 ;;;***
18670 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18671 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
18672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18674 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18675 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18676 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18678 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18679 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18681 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18683 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18684 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18685 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18686 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18690 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18691 Enable mouse wheel support.
18693 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18695 ;;;***
18697 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18698 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18699 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18700 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18464 4596))
18701 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18703 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18704 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18706 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18708 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18709 Ping HOST.
18710 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18711 `ping-program-options'.
18713 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18715 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18716 Run ifconfig program.
18718 \(fn)" t nil)
18720 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18722 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18723 Run iwconfig program.
18725 \(fn)" t nil)
18727 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18728 Run netstat program.
18730 \(fn)" t nil)
18732 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18733 Run arp program.
18735 \(fn)" t nil)
18737 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18738 Run route program.
18740 \(fn)" t nil)
18742 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18743 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18745 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18747 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18748 Run nslookup program.
18750 \(fn)" t nil)
18752 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18753 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18755 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18757 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18758 Run dig program.
18760 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18762 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18763 Run ftp program.
18765 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18767 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18768 Finger USER on HOST.
18770 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18772 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18773 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18774 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18775 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18777 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18779 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18780 Not documented
18782 \(fn)" t nil)
18784 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18785 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18787 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18789 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18790 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18792 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18794 ;;;***
18796 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18797 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18798 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18799 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18800 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18801 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18464 4591))
18802 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18804 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18806 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18808 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18810 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18812 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18813 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18814 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18815 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18816 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18817 Major modes should set this variable.")
18819 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18820 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18821 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18822 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18823 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18824 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18826 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18827 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18829 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18830 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18831 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18833 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18834 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18835 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18836 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18837 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18839 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18840 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18841 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18843 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18844 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18845 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18846 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18848 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18849 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18850 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18851 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18852 column indentation or nil.
18853 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18855 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18856 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18857 The function has no args.
18859 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18860 comments always start in column zero.")
18862 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
18863 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18864 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18866 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18868 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18869 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18870 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18871 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18873 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18874 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18876 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18878 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18879 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18880 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18881 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18882 customize this variable.
18884 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18885 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18887 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18889 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18890 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18891 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18892 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18893 the variables are properly set.
18895 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18897 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18898 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18900 \(fn)" nil nil)
18902 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18903 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18904 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18906 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18908 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18909 Set the comment column based on point.
18910 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18911 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18912 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18913 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18918 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18919 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18921 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18923 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18924 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18925 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18926 comment markers.
18928 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18930 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18931 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18932 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18933 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18934 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18935 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18936 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18937 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18939 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18940 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18942 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18944 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18945 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18946 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18947 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18949 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18951 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18952 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18953 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18954 is passed on to the respective function.
18956 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18958 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18959 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18960 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18961 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18962 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18963 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18964 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18965 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18966 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18967 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18969 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18971 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18972 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18973 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18975 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18977 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18978 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18979 This indents the body of the continued comment
18980 under the previous comment line.
18982 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18983 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18984 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18986 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18987 or comment indentation.
18989 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18990 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18992 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18994 ;;;***
18996 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18997 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18514 43229))
18998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19000 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19001 Check whether newsticker is running.
19002 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19003 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19005 \(fn)" nil nil)
19007 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19008 Start the newsticker.
19009 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19010 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19011 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19012 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19014 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19016 ;;;***
19018 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19019 ;;;;;; (18516 61237))
19020 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19022 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19023 Start newsticker plainview.
19025 \(fn)" t nil)
19027 ;;;***
19029 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19030 ;;;;;; (18516 61237))
19031 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19033 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19034 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19038 ;;;***
19040 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19041 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18514 45473))
19042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19044 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19045 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19046 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19047 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19048 empty.
19050 \(fn)" nil nil)
19052 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19053 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19054 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19055 running already.
19057 \(fn)" t nil)
19059 ;;;***
19061 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19062 ;;;;;; (18517 53417))
19063 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19065 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19066 Start newsticker treeview.
19068 \(fn)" t nil)
19070 ;;;***
19072 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19073 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
19074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19076 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19077 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19079 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19081 ;;;***
19083 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18463
19084 ;;;;;; 55077))
19085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19087 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19088 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19089 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19090 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19091 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19092 symbol in the alist.
19094 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19096 ;;;***
19098 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19099 ;;;;;; (18511 17170))
19100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19102 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19103 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19104 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19106 \(fn)" t nil)
19108 ;;;***
19110 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19111 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
19112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19114 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19115 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19116 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19118 \(fn)" t nil)
19120 ;;;***
19122 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19123 ;;;;;; (18511 17106))
19124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19126 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19127 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19129 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19131 ;;;***
19133 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19134 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18463 55077))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19137 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19138 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19142 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19143 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19145 \(fn)" t nil)
19147 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19148 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19150 \(fn)" t nil)
19152 ;;;***
19154 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19155 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18464 4592))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19158 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19159 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19160 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19162 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19164 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19165 Not documented
19167 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19169 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19170 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19171 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19172 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19173 to future sessions.
19175 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19177 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19178 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19179 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19180 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19181 to future sessions.
19183 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19185 ;;;***
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19188 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
19189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19191 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19192 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19193 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19194 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19195 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19196 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19200 ;;;***
19202 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19203 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19206 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19207 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19208 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19209 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19211 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19213 ;;;***
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18518
19216 ;;;;;; 42900))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19219 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19220 Major mode for editing XML.
19222 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19223 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19224 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19225 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19226 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19227 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19228 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19230 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19232 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19233 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19235 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19236 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19237 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19238 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19239 instead of C-c.
19241 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19242 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19243 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19244 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19245 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19246 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19248 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19249 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19250 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19252 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19253 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19254 inserts the character directly.
19256 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19257 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19258 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19259 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19260 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19261 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19262 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19263 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19264 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19266 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19268 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19269 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19271 \(fn)" t nil)
19273 ;;;***
19275 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19276 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18464 4596))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19279 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19280 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19281 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19282 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19284 \(fn)" t nil)
19286 ;;;***
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19289 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19292 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19293 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19294 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19296 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19298 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19299 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19301 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19302 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19303 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19307 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19309 ;;;***
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19312 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19315 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19316 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19318 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19319 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19320 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19321 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19323 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19324 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19325 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19326 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19327 is why you need this mode!).
19329 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19330 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19331 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19333 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19335 Keybindings
19336 ===========
19338 \\{octave-mode-map}
19340 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19341 ==============================================
19343 `octave-auto-indent'
19344 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19345 Default is nil.
19347 `octave-auto-newline'
19348 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19349 Default is nil.
19351 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19352 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19353 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19355 `octave-block-offset'
19356 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19357 Default is 2.
19359 `octave-continuation-offset'
19360 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19361 Default is 4.
19363 `octave-continuation-string'
19364 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19365 Default is a backslash.
19367 `octave-send-echo-input'
19368 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19369 command to the inferior Octave process.
19371 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19372 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19373 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19375 `octave-send-echo-input'
19376 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19378 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19380 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19381 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19383 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19385 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19386 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19388 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19389 (lambda ()
19390 (abbrev-mode 1)
19391 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19393 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19394 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19395 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19396 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19398 \(fn)" t nil)
19400 ;;;***
19402 ;;;### (autoloads (org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb org-open-link-from-string
19403 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19404 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19405 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19406 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18472 7294))
19407 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19409 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19410 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19411 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19413 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19414 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19415 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19416 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19417 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19418 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19419 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19420 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19421 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19422 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19424 The following commands are available:
19426 \\{org-mode-map}
19428 \(fn)" t nil)
19430 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19431 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19433 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19434 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19435 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19436 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19437 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19439 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19440 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19441 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19442 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19443 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19444 and zoom in further.
19445 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19447 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19448 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19449 is negative, go up that many levels.
19451 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19452 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19453 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19455 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19456 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19457 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19461 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19462 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19466 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19467 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19468 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19469 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19470 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19471 of Org-mode).
19473 M-up Move entry/item up
19474 M-down Move entry/item down
19475 M-left Promote
19476 M-right Demote
19477 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19478 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19479 M-S-left Promote subtree
19480 M-S-right Demote subtree
19481 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19482 C-c ^ Sort entries
19483 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19484 TAB Cycle item visibility
19485 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19486 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19487 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19491 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19492 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19494 \(fn)" nil nil)
19496 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19497 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19498 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19499 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19500 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19502 \(fn)" nil nil)
19504 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19505 Not documented
19507 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19509 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19510 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19511 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19512 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19514 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19515 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19516 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19520 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19521 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19522 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19526 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19527 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19528 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19529 Org-mode syntax.
19531 \(fn)" t nil)
19533 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19534 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19536 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19538 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19539 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19540 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19541 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19543 Due to some yet unresolved reason, global function
19544 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19548 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19549 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19550 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19551 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19553 \(fn)" t nil)
19555 ;;;***
19557 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19558 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19559 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19560 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19561 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18495 28159))
19562 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19564 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19565 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19566 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19567 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19569 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19570 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19571 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19572 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19573 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19574 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19575 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19576 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19577 e Export views to associated files.
19579 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19580 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19581 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19583 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19584 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19585 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19586 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19587 \(if active).
19589 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19591 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19592 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19593 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19594 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19595 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19596 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19597 before running the agenda command.
19599 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19601 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19602 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19603 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19604 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19605 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19606 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19607 before running the agenda command.
19609 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19610 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19612 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19614 category The category of the item
19615 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19616 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19617 todo selected in TODO match
19618 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19619 diary imported from diary
19620 deadline a deadline on given date
19621 scheduled scheduled on given date
19622 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19623 closed entry was closed on given date
19624 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19625 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19626 block entry has date block including g. date
19627 todo The todo keyword, if any
19628 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19629 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19630 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19631 extra Sting with extra planning info
19632 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19633 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19634 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19636 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19638 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19639 Not documented
19641 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19643 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19644 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19646 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19648 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19649 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19650 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19651 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19653 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19654 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19655 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19656 agenda instead.
19658 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19659 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19660 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19662 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19663 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19665 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19667 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19668 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19669 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19670 search only the headlines.
19672 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19673 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19674 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19675 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19676 EDIT-AT.
19678 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19679 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19680 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19681 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19682 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19684 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19685 that must or must not match in the entry.
19687 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19688 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19689 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19690 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19692 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19693 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19695 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19697 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19698 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19699 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19700 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19701 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19702 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19704 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19706 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19707 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19708 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19710 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19713 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19714 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19715 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19716 `org-stuck-projects'.
19717 MATCH is being ignored.
19719 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19721 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19722 Return diary information from org-files.
19723 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19724 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19725 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19726 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19728 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19729 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19730 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19732 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19734 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19735 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19736 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19737 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19739 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19740 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19741 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19743 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19744 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19745 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19746 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19748 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19750 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19752 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19753 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19755 &%%(org-diary)
19757 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19758 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19759 So the example above may also be written as
19761 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19763 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19764 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19765 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19767 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19769 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19770 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19771 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19773 \(fn)" t nil)
19775 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19776 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19777 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19778 appointements.
19780 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19781 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19783 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19784 for filtering entries out.
19786 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19787 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19789 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19790 (category \"Work\"))
19792 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19793 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19795 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19797 ;;;***
19799 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19800 ;;;;;; (18467 53782))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19803 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19804 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19806 \(fn)" nil nil)
19808 ;;;***
19810 ;;;### (autoloads (org-get-clocktable) "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
19811 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
19812 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19814 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19815 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19816 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19817 fontified, and then returned.
19819 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19821 ;;;***
19823 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
19824 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
19825 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html
19826 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open
19827 ;;;;;; org-insert-export-options-template org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii
19828 ;;;;;; org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el" (18475 44751))
19829 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19831 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19832 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19833 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19834 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19835 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19837 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19838 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19839 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19843 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
19844 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19845 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19846 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19847 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
19849 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19851 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19852 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19853 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19854 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19855 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19856 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19857 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19858 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19859 command.
19861 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19863 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19864 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19866 \(fn)" t nil)
19868 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
19869 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19870 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19871 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19872 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19874 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19876 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
19877 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19878 emacs --batch
19879 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19880 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19881 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19883 \(fn)" nil nil)
19885 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
19886 Call `org-exort-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19887 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19889 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19891 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
19892 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19893 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19894 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19895 command to convert it.
19897 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19899 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
19900 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19901 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19902 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19903 cut-and-paste operations.
19904 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19905 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19906 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19907 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19909 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19911 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19912 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19914 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19916 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
19917 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19918 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19919 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19920 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19921 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
19922 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19923 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19924 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19925 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19926 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19927 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19928 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19929 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19930 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19932 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19934 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
19935 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19936 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19937 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19939 \(fn)" t nil)
19941 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
19942 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19943 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19944 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19946 \(fn)" t nil)
19948 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
19949 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19950 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19952 \(fn)" t nil)
19954 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
19955 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19956 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19958 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19960 ;;;***
19962 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19963 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19964 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
19965 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
19966 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
19968 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
19969 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
19970 emacs --batch
19971 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19972 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19973 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19975 \(fn)" nil nil)
19977 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
19978 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19979 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19981 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19983 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19984 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19985 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19986 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19987 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19988 then use this command to convert it.
19990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19992 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
19993 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19994 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19995 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19996 cut-and-paste operations.
19997 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19998 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19999 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20000 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20002 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20004 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20005 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20007 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20009 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20010 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20011 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20012 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20013 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20014 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20015 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20016 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20017 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20018 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20019 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20020 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20021 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20022 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20023 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20024 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20025 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20027 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20029 ;;;***
20031 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20032 ;;;;;; (18467 53782))
20033 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20035 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20036 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20038 \(fn)" nil nil)
20040 ;;;***
20042 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20043 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20044 ;;;;;; (18467 53782))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20047 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20048 Publish PROJECT.
20050 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20052 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20053 Publish all projects.
20054 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20056 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20058 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20059 Publish the current file.
20060 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20062 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20064 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20065 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20066 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20067 the project.
20069 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20071 ;;;***
20073 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20074 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20075 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18467 53782))
20076 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20078 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20079 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
20081 \(fn)" nil nil)
20083 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20084 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20085 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20086 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20087 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20089 \(fn)" nil nil)
20091 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20092 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20093 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20094 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20096 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20098 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20099 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20100 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20101 of the remember buffer.
20103 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20104 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20105 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20106 note stored by remember.
20108 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20109 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20111 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20113 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20114 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20115 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
20116 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
20117 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
20118 file the text at a specific location.
20119 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
20120 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
20121 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
20123 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
20124 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
20125 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
20126 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
20127 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
20128 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
20129 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
20130 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
20132 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
20133 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
20134 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
20135 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
20136 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
20137 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
20139 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
20140 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
20141 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
20143 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20144 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20145 \(i.e. after the stars).
20147 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20149 \(fn)" nil nil)
20151 ;;;***
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl) "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
20154 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20157 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20158 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20160 \(fn)" nil nil)
20162 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20163 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20167 ;;;***
20169 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20170 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
20171 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20172 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20174 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20175 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20176 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20177 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20179 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20180 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20181 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20182 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20184 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20185 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20186 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20187 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20188 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20189 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20191 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20192 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20193 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20195 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20196 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20197 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20198 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20199 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20200 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20201 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20202 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20203 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20204 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20205 The subheadings remain visible.
20206 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20208 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20209 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20210 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20212 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20213 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20215 \(fn)" t nil)
20217 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20218 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20219 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20220 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20224 ;;;***
20226 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18464 4592))
20227 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20229 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20230 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20231 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20234 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20236 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20238 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20239 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20240 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20241 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20243 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20244 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20248 ;;;***
20250 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20251 ;;;;;; (18491 58033))
20252 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20254 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20255 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20256 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20257 unknown are returned as nil.
20259 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20261 ;;;***
20263 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18464
20264 ;;;;;; 4598))
20265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20267 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20268 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20269 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20271 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20272 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20274 Other useful functions are:
20276 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20277 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20278 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20279 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20280 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20281 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20282 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20283 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20284 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20286 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20288 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20289 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20290 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20291 Indentation for case statements.
20292 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20293 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20294 mark after an end.
20295 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20296 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20297 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20298 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20299 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20300 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20301 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20302 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20303 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20304 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20306 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20307 pascal-separator-keywords.
20309 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20310 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20314 ;;;***
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20317 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20320 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20321 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20322 The keys affected are:
20323 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20324 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20325 M-Backspace does undo.
20326 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20327 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20328 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20330 \(fn)" t nil)
20332 ;;;***
20334 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20335 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
20336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20338 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20339 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20340 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20343 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20345 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20347 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20348 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20350 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20352 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20353 which modify the status of the mark.
20355 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20356 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20358 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20359 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20361 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20362 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20363 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20364 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20365 turning PC Selection mode on.
20367 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20368 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20370 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20371 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20372 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20374 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20375 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20376 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20378 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20379 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20381 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20382 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20383 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20385 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20386 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20387 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20389 F6 other-window
20390 DELETE delete-char
20391 C-DELETE kill-line
20392 M-DELETE kill-word
20393 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20394 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20395 M-BACKSPACE undo
20397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20399 ;;;***
20401 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18464
20402 ;;;;;; 4592))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20406 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20408 \(fn)" nil nil)
20410 ;;;***
20412 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20413 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18464 4592))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20416 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20417 Completion for `gzip'.
20419 \(fn)" nil nil)
20421 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20422 Completion for `bzip2'.
20424 \(fn)" nil nil)
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20427 Completion for GNU `make'.
20429 \(fn)" nil nil)
20431 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20432 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20438 ;;;***
20440 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20441 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18464 4592))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20444 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20445 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20450 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20455 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20457 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459 ;;;***
20461 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18464
20462 ;;;;;; 4592))
20463 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20466 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20467 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20468 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20469 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20470 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20472 \(fn)" nil nil)
20474 ;;;***
20476 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20477 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20478 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18464 4592))
20479 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20481 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20482 Completion for `cd'.
20484 \(fn)" nil nil)
20486 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20489 Completion for `rmdir'.
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20494 Completion for `rm'.
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20499 Completion for `xargs'.
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20503 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20506 Completion for `which'.
20508 \(fn)" nil nil)
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20511 Completion for the `chown' command.
20513 \(fn)" nil nil)
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20516 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20518 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20521 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20525 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20526 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20527 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20529 \(fn)" nil nil)
20531 ;;;***
20533 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20534 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20535 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18464
20536 ;;;;;; 4592))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20539 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20540 Support extensible programmable completion.
20541 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20542 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20544 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20547 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20549 \(fn)" t nil)
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20552 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20553 This will modify the current buffer.
20555 \(fn)" t nil)
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20558 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20560 \(fn)" t nil)
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20563 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20564 This will modify the current buffer.
20566 \(fn)" t nil)
20568 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20569 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20571 \(fn)" t nil)
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20574 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20576 \(fn)" t nil)
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20579 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20580 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20581 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20582 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20584 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20586 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20587 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20589 \(fn)" nil nil)
20591 ;;;***
20593 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20594 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20595 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18464 4592))
20596 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20598 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20599 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20600 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20601 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20603 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20605 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20607 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20608 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20609 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20610 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20611 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20612 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20613 FLAGS is ignored.
20615 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20617 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20618 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20619 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20620 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20621 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20622 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20623 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20624 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20626 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20628 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20629 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20630 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20631 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20632 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20633 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20634 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20635 passed to cvs.
20637 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20639 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20640 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20641 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20642 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20643 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20644 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20645 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20647 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20649 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
20651 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20652 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20653 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20655 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20657 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20658 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20659 A value of nil means never do it.
20660 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20661 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20662 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20664 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20666 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20667 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20668 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20670 ;;;***
20672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18464 4592))
20673 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20675 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20677 ;;;***
20679 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20680 ;;;;;; (18501 7475))
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20682 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20683 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20684 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20685 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20686 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20687 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20689 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20690 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20691 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20692 Tab indents for Perl code.
20693 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20694 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20695 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20696 \\{perl-mode-map}
20697 Variables controlling indentation style:
20698 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20699 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20700 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20701 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20702 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20703 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20704 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20705 `perl-nochange'
20706 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20707 `perl-indent-level'
20708 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20709 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20710 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20711 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20712 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20713 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20714 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20715 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20716 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20717 `perl-brace-offset'
20718 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20719 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20720 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20721 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20722 `perl-label-offset'
20723 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20724 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20725 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20727 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20728 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20729 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20730 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20731 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20732 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20733 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20735 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20737 \(fn)" t nil)
20739 ;;;***
20741 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20742 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20743 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20744 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18464 4592))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20747 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20748 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20750 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20752 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20753 passphrase cache or user.
20755 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20757 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20758 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20760 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20761 cache or user.
20763 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20765 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20766 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20768 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20769 the region.
20771 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20772 passphrase cache or user.
20774 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20776 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20777 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20779 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20781 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20782 the region.
20784 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20785 passphrase cache or user.
20787 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20789 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20790 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20792 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20793 passphrase cache or user.
20795 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20797 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20798 Decrypt the current buffer.
20800 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20801 the region.
20803 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20804 passphrase cache or user.
20806 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20808 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20809 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20811 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20812 a detached signature.
20814 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20815 and the output is displayed.
20817 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20818 passphrase cache or user.
20820 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20822 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20823 Sign the current buffer.
20825 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20826 detached signature.
20828 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20829 within the region.
20831 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20832 and the output is displayed.
20834 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20835 passphrase cache or user.
20837 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20839 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20840 Verify the current region between START and END.
20841 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20842 the detached signature of the current region.
20844 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20845 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20847 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20849 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20850 Verify the current buffer.
20851 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20852 the detached signature of the current region.
20853 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20854 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20855 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20856 within the region.
20858 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20860 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20861 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20863 \(fn)" t nil)
20865 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20866 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20868 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20870 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20871 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20873 \(fn)" t nil)
20875 ;;;***
20877 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20878 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
20879 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20881 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20882 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20884 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20886 ;;;***
20888 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20889 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20892 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20893 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20894 \\<picture-mode-map>
20895 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20896 afterwards settable by these commands:
20898 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20899 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20900 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20901 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20903 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20904 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20905 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20906 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20908 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20909 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20910 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20911 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20913 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20914 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20915 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20916 with these commands:
20918 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20919 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20920 Move to column following last
20921 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20922 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20923 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20924 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20925 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20926 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20928 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20930 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20931 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20932 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20933 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20934 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20935 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20937 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20938 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20939 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20940 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20941 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20942 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20943 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20945 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20946 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20947 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20948 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20949 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20950 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20951 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20952 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20954 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20955 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20956 by supplying an argument.
20958 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20960 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20961 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20963 \(fn)" t nil)
20965 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20967 ;;;***
20969 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20970 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
20971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20973 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20974 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20975 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20977 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20979 ;;;***
20981 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18464 4597))
20982 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20984 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20985 Play pong and waste time.
20986 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20987 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20989 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20991 \\{pong-mode-map}
20993 \(fn)" t nil)
20995 ;;;***
20997 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20998 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20999 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
21000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21002 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21003 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21004 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21005 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21007 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21009 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21010 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21012 \(fn)" nil nil)
21014 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21015 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21016 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21017 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21018 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21020 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21022 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21023 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21024 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21026 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21029 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21031 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21033 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21034 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21035 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21036 Ignores leading comment characters.
21038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21040 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21041 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21042 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21043 Ignores leading comment characters.
21045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21047 ;;;***
21049 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21050 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21051 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21052 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21053 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21054 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21055 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21056 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21057 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21058 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21059 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21060 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21061 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21062 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21063 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21064 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21065 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21066 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21067 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
21068 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21070 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21071 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21073 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21075 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21077 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21080 Preview directory using ghostview.
21082 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21083 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21084 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21085 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21087 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21088 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21089 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21090 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21091 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21092 file name.
21094 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21096 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21098 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21099 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21101 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21102 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21103 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21104 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21106 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21107 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21108 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21109 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21110 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21111 file name.
21113 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21115 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21118 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21120 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21121 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21122 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21123 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21125 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21126 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21127 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21128 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21129 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21130 file name.
21132 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21134 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21137 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21139 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21141 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21142 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21143 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21144 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21146 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21147 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21148 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21149 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21150 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21151 file name.
21153 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21155 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21157 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21158 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21160 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21161 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21162 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21164 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21165 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21166 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21167 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21169 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21171 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21172 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21174 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21175 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21176 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21178 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21179 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21180 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21181 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21183 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21185 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21186 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21188 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21189 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21190 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21192 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21193 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21194 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21195 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21197 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21200 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21202 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21204 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21205 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21206 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21208 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21209 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21210 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21211 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21213 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21216 Preview region using ghostview.
21218 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21220 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21222 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21223 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21225 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21227 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21229 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21230 Print region using PostScript printer.
21232 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21234 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21237 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21239 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21241 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21244 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21246 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21248 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21250 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21251 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21253 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21255 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21257 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21258 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21260 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21262 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21265 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21267 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21269 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21272 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21273 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21274 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21276 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21277 matching.
21279 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21280 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21282 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21284 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21286 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21287 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21288 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21289 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21291 \(fn)" t nil)
21293 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21294 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21295 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21296 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21298 \(fn)" t nil)
21300 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21301 Print directory using text printer.
21303 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21304 matching.
21306 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21307 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21309 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21311 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21314 Print buffer using text printer.
21316 \(fn)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21319 Print region using text printer.
21321 \(fn)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21324 Print major mode using text printer.
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21329 Preview spooled PostScript.
21331 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21332 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21333 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21335 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21336 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21337 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21339 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21341 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21342 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21344 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21345 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21346 instead of sending it to the printer.
21348 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21349 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21350 image in a file with that name.
21352 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21355 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21357 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21358 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21359 instead of sending it to the printer.
21361 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21362 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21363 image in a file with that name.
21365 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21367 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21368 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21370 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21371 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21372 instead of sending it to the printer.
21374 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21375 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21376 image in a file with that name.
21378 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21380 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21381 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21383 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21385 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21386 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21388 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21390 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21391 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21393 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21395 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21396 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21398 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21400 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21401 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21403 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21406 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21408 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21409 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21410 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21411 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21413 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21414 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21415 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21416 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21417 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21418 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21419 file name.
21421 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21423 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21424 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21426 \(fn)" t nil)
21428 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21429 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21431 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21432 right.
21433 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21434 bottom.
21436 \(fn)" t nil)
21438 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21439 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21441 \(fn)" t nil)
21443 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21444 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21446 \(fn)" t nil)
21448 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21449 Toggle printing with faces.
21451 \(fn)" t nil)
21453 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21454 Toggle spooling.
21456 \(fn)" t nil)
21458 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21459 Toggle duplex.
21461 \(fn)" t nil)
21463 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21464 Toggle tumble.
21466 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21467 right.
21468 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21469 bottom.
21471 \(fn)" t nil)
21473 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21474 Toggle landscape.
21476 \(fn)" t nil)
21478 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21479 Toggle upside-down.
21481 \(fn)" t nil)
21483 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21484 Toggle line number.
21486 \(fn)" t nil)
21488 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21489 Toggle zebra stripes.
21491 \(fn)" t nil)
21493 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21494 Toggle printing header.
21496 \(fn)" t nil)
21498 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21499 Toggle printing header frame.
21501 \(fn)" t nil)
21503 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21504 Toggle menu lock.
21506 \(fn)" t nil)
21508 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21509 Toggle auto region.
21511 \(fn)" t nil)
21513 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21514 Toggle auto mode.
21516 \(fn)" t nil)
21518 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21519 Customization of the `printing' group.
21521 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21523 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21524 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21526 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21528 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21529 Help for the printing package.
21531 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21533 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21534 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21536 \(fn)" t nil)
21538 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21539 Interactively select a text printer.
21541 \(fn)" t nil)
21543 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21544 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21546 \(fn)" t nil)
21548 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21549 Show current ps-print settings.
21551 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21553 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21554 Show current printing settings.
21556 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21558 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21559 Show current lpr settings.
21561 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21563 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21564 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21566 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21567 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21568 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21569 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21572 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21574 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21575 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21576 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21578 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21579 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21580 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21581 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21582 current active printer.
21584 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21585 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21586 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21587 printer.
21589 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21590 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21591 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21592 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21593 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21596 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21597 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21599 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21601 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21602 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21603 be done using the new current active printer.
21605 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21606 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21607 printer.
21609 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21610 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21611 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21612 instead of sending it to the printer.
21614 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21615 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21616 printer.
21618 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21621 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21622 are both set to t.
21624 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21626 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21627 Fast fire function for text printing.
21629 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21630 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21631 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21632 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21634 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21635 user for a new active text printer.
21637 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21639 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21641 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21642 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21643 printer.
21645 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21647 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21648 are both set to t.
21650 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21652 ;;;***
21654 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18490 37168))
21655 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21657 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21658 Mode for displaying UNIX system processes and sending signals to them.
21659 Type \\[proced-mark-process] to mark a process for later commands.
21660 Type \\[proced-send-signal] to send signals to marked processes.
21662 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21663 information will be displayed but not selected.
21665 \\{proced-mode-map}
21667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21669 ;;;***
21671 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21672 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
21673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21675 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21676 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21677 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21678 Commands:
21679 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21680 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21681 if that value is non-nil.
21683 \(fn)" t nil)
21685 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21687 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21688 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21689 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21691 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21693 ;;;***
21695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18464 4592))
21696 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21698 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21699 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21700 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21702 ;;;***
21704 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18464
21705 ;;;;;; 4598))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21708 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21709 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21711 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21713 The following variables hold user options, and can
21714 be set through the `customize' command:
21716 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21717 `ps-mode-tab'
21718 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21719 `ps-mode-print-function'
21720 `ps-run-prompt'
21721 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21722 `ps-run-x'
21723 `ps-run-dumb'
21724 `ps-run-init'
21725 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21726 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21728 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21731 \\{ps-mode-map}
21734 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21735 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21736 The keymap for this second window is:
21738 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21741 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21742 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21743 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21744 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21745 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21747 \(fn)" t nil)
21749 ;;;***
21751 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21752 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21753 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21754 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21755 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21756 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18467
21757 ;;;;;; 53781))
21758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21760 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21761 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21762 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21764 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21766 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21767 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21768 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21769 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21771 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21773 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21774 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21776 Valid values are:
21778 nil Do not print colors.
21780 t Print colors.
21782 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21783 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21785 Any other value is treated as t.")
21787 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21789 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21790 Customization of ps-print group.
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21795 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21797 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21798 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21799 sending it to the printer.
21801 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21802 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21803 image in a file with that name.
21805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21807 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21808 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21809 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21810 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21811 so it has a way to determine color values.
21813 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21815 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21816 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21817 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21819 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21821 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21822 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21823 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21824 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21825 so it has a way to determine color values.
21827 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21829 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21830 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21831 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21832 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21834 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21836 \(fn)" t nil)
21838 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21839 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21840 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21841 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21842 so it has a way to determine color values.
21844 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21846 \(fn)" t nil)
21848 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21849 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21850 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21852 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21854 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21856 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21857 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21858 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21859 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21860 so it has a way to determine color values.
21862 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21864 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21867 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21869 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21870 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21871 instead of sending it to the printer.
21873 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21874 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21875 image in a file with that name.
21877 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21879 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21880 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21881 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21882 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21883 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21885 \(fn)" t nil)
21887 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21888 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21889 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21891 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21893 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21894 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21895 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21897 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21899 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21900 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21902 \(fn)" nil nil)
21904 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21905 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21907 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21908 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21910 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21911 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21913 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21915 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21917 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21919 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21920 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21922 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21923 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21925 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21926 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21928 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21930 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21932 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21934 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21935 foreground and background colors respectively.
21937 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21938 bold - use bold font.
21939 italic - use italic font.
21940 underline - put a line under text.
21941 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21942 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21943 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21944 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21945 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21947 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21949 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21951 ;;;***
21953 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21954 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18466 54875))
21955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21957 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
21959 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
21961 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
21963 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21964 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21965 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21966 buffer automatically.
21968 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21969 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21970 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21971 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21972 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21973 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21974 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21976 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21977 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21978 buffer for a list of commands.)
21980 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21982 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21983 Major mode for editing Python files.
21984 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21985 for correct parsing of the source.
21986 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21987 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21988 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21990 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21991 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21992 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21993 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21994 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21995 \\<python-mode-map>
21996 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21997 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21998 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21999 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22000 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22001 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22003 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22004 effect outside them.
22006 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22007 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22008 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22009 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22010 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22011 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22012 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22013 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22014 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22016 \\{python-mode-map}
22018 \(fn)" t nil)
22020 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22021 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22022 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22023 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22025 \(fn)" t nil)
22027 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22028 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22029 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22030 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22031 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22032 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22034 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22035 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22036 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22037 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22038 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22039 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22040 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22042 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22043 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22044 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22045 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22046 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22048 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22049 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22050 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22051 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22052 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22053 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22054 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22055 mode.
22057 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22058 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22059 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22060 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22061 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22062 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22063 filter.
22065 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22067 ;;;***
22069 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22070 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
22071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22073 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22074 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22075 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22076 coding-system.
22078 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22079 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22081 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22082 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22083 them into characters should be done separately.
22085 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22087 ;;;***
22089 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22090 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22091 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22092 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22093 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18464 4595))
22094 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22096 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22097 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22099 \(fn)" nil nil)
22101 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22102 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22103 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22105 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22106 `quail-activate', which see.
22108 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22110 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22111 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22112 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22113 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22114 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22115 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22116 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22118 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22119 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22120 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22121 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22122 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22123 shown.
22124 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22126 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22127 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22128 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22129 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22130 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22131 list of candidates.
22133 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22134 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22135 command to be called.
22137 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22138 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22139 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22140 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22142 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22143 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22144 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22145 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22146 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22147 to t.
22149 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22150 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22151 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22152 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22154 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22155 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22156 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22157 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22159 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22160 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22161 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22162 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22163 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22164 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22166 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22167 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22168 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22169 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22170 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22171 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22173 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22174 covers Quail translation region.
22176 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22177 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22178 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22179 for it) is inserted.
22181 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22182 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22183 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22185 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22186 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22187 non-Quail commands.
22189 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22191 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22192 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22194 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22195 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22196 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22197 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22198 you type is correctly handled.
22200 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22202 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22203 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22205 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22206 keyboard type.
22208 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22210 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22211 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22212 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22213 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22214 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22215 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22216 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22217 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22218 for the translation.
22219 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22221 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22222 it is used to handle KEY.
22224 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22225 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22226 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22227 the following annotation types are supported.
22229 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22230 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22232 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22233 candidate list.
22235 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22236 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22237 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22238 inserted.
22240 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22241 generated for the following translations.
22243 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22245 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22246 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22248 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22249 which to install MAP.
22251 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22253 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22255 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22256 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22258 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22259 which to install MAP.
22261 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22263 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22265 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22266 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22267 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22268 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22269 a function, or a cons.
22270 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22271 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22272 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22273 for the translation.
22274 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22275 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22276 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22277 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22278 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22280 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22281 it is used to handle KEY.
22283 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22284 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22285 current Quail package.
22287 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22288 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22290 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22292 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22293 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22295 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22296 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22298 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22300 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22301 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22303 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22305 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22306 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22307 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22308 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22309 of the Emacs source tree.
22311 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22312 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22314 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22315 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22316 of each directory.
22318 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22320 ;;;***
22322 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22323 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22324 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18464
22325 ;;;;;; 4596))
22326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22328 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22329 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22330 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22331 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22333 To make use of this do something like:
22335 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22337 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22339 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22340 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22342 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22343 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22344 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22346 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22348 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22349 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22351 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22353 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22354 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22356 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22357 is decided.
22359 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22361 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22362 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22364 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22365 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22366 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22368 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22370 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22371 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22373 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22375 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22376 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22378 \(fn)" t nil)
22380 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22381 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22383 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22385 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22387 \(fn)" t nil)
22389 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22390 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22392 \(fn)" t nil)
22394 ;;;***
22396 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22397 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18464 4596))
22398 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22400 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22401 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22403 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22405 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22409 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22411 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22412 Not documented
22414 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22416 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22417 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22418 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22421 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22423 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22425 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22426 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22430 ;;;***
22432 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18464
22433 ;;;;;; 4596))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22436 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22437 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22438 See \\[compile].
22440 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22442 ;;;***
22444 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22445 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
22446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22448 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22450 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22451 Construct a regexp interactively.
22453 \(fn)" t nil)
22455 ;;;***
22457 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18464 4592))
22458 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22460 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22461 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22462 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22464 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22465 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22467 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22469 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22470 Toggle recentf mode.
22471 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22472 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22474 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22475 that were operated on recently.
22477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22479 ;;;***
22481 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22482 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22483 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22484 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18464
22485 ;;;;;; 4592))
22486 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22488 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22489 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22490 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22491 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22493 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22495 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22497 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22498 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22499 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22500 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22501 ends.
22503 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22504 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22505 to be deleted.
22507 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22509 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22510 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22511 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22513 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22514 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22515 deleted.
22517 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22519 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22520 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22521 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22523 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22525 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22526 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22528 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22529 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22531 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22532 deleted.
22534 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22535 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22536 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22537 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22538 even beep.)
22540 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22542 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22543 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22545 \(fn)" t nil)
22547 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22548 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22549 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22550 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22551 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22552 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22553 and point is at the lower right corner.
22555 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22557 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22558 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22560 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22561 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22563 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22564 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22565 on the right side of the rectangle.
22567 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22569 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22571 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22572 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22573 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22574 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22575 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22577 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22578 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22580 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22582 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22583 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22584 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22586 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22588 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22590 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22592 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22593 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22595 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22596 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22597 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22599 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22601 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22602 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22603 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22605 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22606 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22607 rectangle which were empty.
22609 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22611 ;;;***
22613 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18464
22614 ;;;;;; 4602))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22617 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22618 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22619 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22621 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22622 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22623 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22627 ;;;***
22629 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22630 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18487 13183))
22631 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22633 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22634 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22636 \(fn)" nil nil)
22638 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22639 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22641 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22642 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22644 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22645 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22646 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22647 \\ref macro.
22649 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22650 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22651 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22653 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22654 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22655 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22657 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22658 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22660 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22661 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22663 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22664 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22665 on the menu bar.
22667 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22671 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22672 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22673 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22675 \(fn)" nil nil)
22677 ;;;***
22679 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22680 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
22681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22683 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22684 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22685 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22686 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22687 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22688 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22690 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22692 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22694 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22695 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22696 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22697 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22698 `reftex-cite-format'.
22700 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22701 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22702 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22703 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22705 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22707 ;;;***
22709 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22710 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
22711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22713 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22714 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22715 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22716 the current TeX document.
22718 With no argument, this command toggles
22719 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22720 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22724 ;;;***
22726 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22727 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22730 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22731 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22732 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22734 To insert new phrases, use
22735 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22736 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22738 To index phrases use one of:
22740 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22741 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22742 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22743 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22744 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22746 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22747 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22749 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22751 Here are all local bindings.
22753 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22755 \(fn)" t nil)
22757 ;;;***
22759 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22760 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
22761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22763 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22764 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22765 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22766 of master file.
22768 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22770 ;;;***
22772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18487
22773 ;;;;;; 13183))
22774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22775 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22776 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22777 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22778 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22780 ;;;***
22782 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22783 ;;;;;; (18487 13173))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22786 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22787 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22788 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22789 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22790 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22791 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22793 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22794 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22796 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22797 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22799 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22801 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22802 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22803 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22804 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22806 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22808 ;;;***
22810 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22811 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22812 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22815 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22816 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22817 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22818 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22820 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22822 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22824 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22825 Call `remember' in another frame.
22827 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22829 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22830 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22831 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22832 application.
22834 \(fn)" t nil)
22836 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22837 Extract diary entries from the region.
22839 \(fn)" nil nil)
22841 ;;;***
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18464 4592))
22844 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22846 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22847 Repeat most recently executed command.
22848 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22849 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22850 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22852 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22853 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22854 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22855 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22857 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22858 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22859 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22861 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22863 ;;;***
22865 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22866 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
22867 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22869 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22870 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22872 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22873 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22874 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22875 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22876 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22877 and point is left after the salutation.
22879 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22880 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22881 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22882 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22883 left after that text.
22885 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22886 is non-nil.
22888 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22889 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22890 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22891 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22893 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22895 ;;;***
22897 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22898 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
22899 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22901 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22902 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22903 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22904 visibility of comments that precede it.
22905 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22906 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22907 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22908 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22909 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22910 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22911 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22912 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22913 the comment lines.
22914 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22915 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22916 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22917 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22918 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22922 ;;;***
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18464
22925 ;;;;;; 4592))
22926 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22928 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
22929 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22931 \(fn)" nil nil)
22933 ;;;***
22935 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22936 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
22937 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22939 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22940 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22941 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22943 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22944 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22945 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22949 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22950 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22951 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22954 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22956 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22958 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22959 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22960 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22962 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22963 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22964 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22968 ;;;***
22970 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22971 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
22972 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22974 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22975 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22977 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22979 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22980 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22982 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22984 ;;;***
22986 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18464 4596))
22987 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22988 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22990 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22991 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22992 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22993 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22995 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22997 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22998 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22999 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23000 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23002 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23003 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23005 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23006 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23008 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23009 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23010 INPUT-ARGS.
23012 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23013 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23014 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23015 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23016 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23018 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23019 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23020 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23021 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23023 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23024 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23025 variable.
23027 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23029 ;;;***
23031 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23032 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23033 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23034 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23035 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
23036 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23037 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18464 4595))
23038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23040 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23041 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23042 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23044 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23046 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23047 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23048 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23049 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23051 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23053 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23054 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23055 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23056 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23057 value is the user's email address and name.)
23058 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23060 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23061 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23062 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23063 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23064 which normally happens once for each message,
23065 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23066 To make a change in this variable take effect
23067 for a message that you have already viewed,
23068 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23070 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23072 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23073 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23074 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23075 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23077 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23079 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23080 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23082 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23084 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23085 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23086 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
23088 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23090 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23091 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23093 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23095 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23096 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23097 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23098 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23099 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23101 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23103 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23104 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23105 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23106 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23108 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23110 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23111 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23113 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23115 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23116 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23118 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23120 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23121 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23123 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23125 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23126 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23128 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23129 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23131 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23132 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23134 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23136 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23137 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23139 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23140 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23141 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23142 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23144 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23145 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23147 This is set to nil by default.")
23149 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23150 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23151 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23152 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23153 until a user explicitly requires it.
23155 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23156 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23157 in your session.")
23159 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23161 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23162 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23163 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23164 It is called with no argument.")
23166 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23167 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23168 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23169 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23170 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23171 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23172 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23174 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23175 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23176 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23177 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23178 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23179 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23181 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23182 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23183 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23184 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23185 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23187 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23188 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23189 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23190 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23191 MSG is the message number,
23192 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23193 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23195 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23196 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23197 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23198 this feature is required with `require'.
23200 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23201 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23203 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23204 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23205 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23206 the message is decoded as normal way.
23208 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23209 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23210 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23212 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23213 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23214 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23216 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23217 Read and edit incoming mail.
23218 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23219 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23220 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23222 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23223 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23224 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23225 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23227 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23229 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23231 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23232 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23233 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23234 Instead, these commands are available:
23236 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23237 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23238 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23239 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23240 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23241 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23242 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23243 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23244 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23245 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23246 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23247 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23248 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23249 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23250 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23251 till a deleted message is found.
23252 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23253 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23254 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23255 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23256 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23257 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23258 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23259 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23260 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23261 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23262 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23263 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23264 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23265 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23266 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23267 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23268 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23269 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23270 (label defaults to last one specified).
23271 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23272 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23273 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23274 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23275 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23276 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23277 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23278 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23279 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23281 \(fn)" t nil)
23283 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23284 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23286 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23288 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23289 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23291 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23293 ;;;***
23295 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23296 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
23297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23299 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23300 Edit the contents of this message.
23302 \(fn)" t nil)
23304 ;;;***
23306 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23307 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23308 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18464 4595))
23309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23311 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23312 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23313 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23315 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23317 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23318 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23319 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23321 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23323 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23324 Not documented
23326 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23328 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23329 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23330 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23331 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23332 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23334 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23336 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23337 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23338 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23339 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23340 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23342 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23344 ;;;***
23346 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23347 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
23348 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23350 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23351 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23352 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23353 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23355 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23357 ;;;***
23359 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23360 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23361 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18464 4595))
23362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23364 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23365 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23366 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23367 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23368 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23369 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23370 a file name as a string.")
23372 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23374 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23375 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23376 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23377 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23378 buffer visiting that file.
23379 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23380 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23382 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23383 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23385 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23386 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23388 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23389 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23391 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23393 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23394 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23396 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23398 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23399 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23400 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23401 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23402 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23404 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23405 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23406 will be appended with their original headers.
23408 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23409 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23411 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23412 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23414 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23416 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23418 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23419 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23420 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23422 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23424 ;;;***
23426 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23427 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23428 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18464
23429 ;;;;;; 4595))
23430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23432 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23433 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23434 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23436 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23438 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23439 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23440 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23442 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23444 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23445 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23446 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23448 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23450 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23451 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23452 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23454 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23456 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23457 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23458 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23460 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23462 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23463 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23464 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23466 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23468 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23469 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23470 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23471 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23473 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23475 ;;;***
23477 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23478 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23479 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23480 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23481 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18464 4595))
23482 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23484 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23485 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23487 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23489 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23490 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23492 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23494 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23495 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23497 \(fn)" t nil)
23499 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23500 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23501 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23503 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23505 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23506 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23507 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23508 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23509 only look in the To and From fields.
23510 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23512 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23514 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23515 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23516 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23517 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23518 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23520 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23522 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23523 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23524 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23525 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23526 look in the whole message.
23527 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23529 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23531 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23532 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23533 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23535 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23537 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23538 *Function to decode summary-line.
23540 By default, `identity' is set.")
23542 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23544 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23545 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23546 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23547 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23548 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23549 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23550 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23552 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23553 sent by you under different user names.
23554 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23556 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23558 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23560 ;;;***
23562 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23563 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
23564 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23566 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23567 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23568 Return a pattern.
23570 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23572 ;;;***
23574 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23575 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
23576 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23578 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23579 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23580 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23581 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23583 \(fn)" t nil)
23585 ;;;***
23587 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23588 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
23589 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23591 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23592 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23594 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23595 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23596 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23597 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23598 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23599 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23600 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23601 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23602 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23603 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending..
23605 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23606 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23607 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23608 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23609 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23610 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23611 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23612 to use for finding the schema.
23614 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23616 ;;;***
23618 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18464
23619 ;;;;;; 4596))
23620 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23622 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23624 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23625 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library. NAME is a
23626 symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a list of
23627 pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol giving
23628 the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving its
23629 value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error passing
23630 it arguments in the same style as format; the value from rng-dt-error
23631 will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The first member of
23632 the list is t if any string is a legal value for the datatype and nil
23633 otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this symbol will be
23634 called as a function passing it a string followed by the remaining
23635 members of the list. The function must return an object representing
23636 the value of the datatype that was represented by the string, or nil
23637 if the string is not a representation of any value. The object
23638 returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided that, if two
23639 strings represent the same value, the returned objects must be equal.
23641 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23643 ;;;***
23645 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23646 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18466 54868))
23647 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23649 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23650 Define a robin package.
23652 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23653 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23654 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23655 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23657 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23658 one replaces the old one.
23660 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23662 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23663 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23665 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23666 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23667 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23669 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23671 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23672 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23674 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23676 ;;;***
23678 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23679 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18464 4592))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23682 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23683 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23685 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23687 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23688 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23690 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23692 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23693 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23695 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23697 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23698 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23699 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23701 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23702 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23703 in ROT13.
23705 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23707 \(fn)" t nil)
23709 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23710 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23712 \(fn)" t nil)
23714 ;;;***
23716 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18483
23717 ;;;;;; 22037))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23720 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23721 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23725 ;;;***
23727 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18502
23728 ;;;;;; 16524))
23729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23731 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23732 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23733 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23734 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23736 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23738 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23739 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23740 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23741 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23743 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23744 notation.
23746 STRING
23747 matches string STRING literally.
23749 CHAR
23750 matches character CHAR literally.
23752 `not-newline', `nonl'
23753 matches any character except a newline.
23755 `anything'
23756 matches any character
23758 `(any SET ...)'
23759 `(in SET ...)'
23760 `(char SET ...)'
23761 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23762 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23763 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23765 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23766 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23767 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23768 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23770 `(not (any SET ...))'
23771 matches any character not in SET ...
23773 `line-start', `bol'
23774 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23775 in the text being matched
23777 `line-end', `eol'
23778 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23780 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23781 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23782 string being matched against.
23784 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23785 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23786 string being matched against.
23788 `buffer-start'
23789 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23790 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23792 `buffer-end'
23793 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23794 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23796 `point'
23797 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23799 `word-start', `bow'
23800 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23802 `word-end', `eow'
23803 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23805 `word-boundary'
23806 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23807 word.
23809 `(not word-boundary)'
23810 `not-word-boundary'
23811 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23812 word.
23814 `symbol-start'
23815 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23817 `symbol-end'
23818 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23820 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23821 matches 0 through 9.
23823 `control', `cntrl'
23824 matches ASCII control characters.
23826 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23827 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23829 `blank'
23830 matches space and tab only.
23832 `graphic', `graph'
23833 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23834 space, and DEL.
23836 `printing', `print'
23837 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23838 and DEL.
23840 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23841 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23842 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23844 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23845 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23846 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23848 `ascii'
23849 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23851 `nonascii'
23852 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23854 `lower', `lower-case'
23855 matches anything lower-case.
23857 `upper', `upper-case'
23858 matches anything upper-case.
23860 `punctuation', `punct'
23861 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23862 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23864 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23865 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23867 `word', `wordchar'
23868 matches anything that has word syntax.
23870 `not-wordchar'
23871 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23873 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23874 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23875 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23876 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23878 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23879 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23880 `word' (\\sw)
23881 `symbol' (\\s_)
23882 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23883 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23884 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23885 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23886 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23887 `escape' (\\s\\)
23888 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23889 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23890 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23891 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23892 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23894 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23895 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23897 `(category CATEGORY)'
23898 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23899 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23901 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23902 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23903 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23904 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23905 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23906 `symbol' (\\c5)
23907 `digit' (\\c6)
23908 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23909 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23910 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23911 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23912 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23913 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23914 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23915 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23916 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23917 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23918 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23919 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23920 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23921 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23922 `ascii' (\\ca)
23923 `arabic' (\\cb)
23924 `chinese' (\\cc)
23925 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23926 `greek' (\\cg)
23927 `korean' (\\ch)
23928 `indian' (\\ci)
23929 `japanese' (\\cj)
23930 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23931 `latin' (\\cl)
23932 `lao' (\\co)
23933 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23934 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23935 `thai' (\\ct)
23936 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23937 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23938 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23939 `can-break' (\\c|)
23941 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23942 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23944 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23945 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23946 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23947 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23948 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23950 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23951 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23952 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23953 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23955 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23956 another name for `submatch'.
23958 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23959 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23960 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23961 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23962 regular expression.
23964 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23965 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23966 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23967 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23968 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23970 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23971 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23973 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23974 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23976 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23977 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23978 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23980 `(* SEXP ...)'
23981 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23982 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23984 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23985 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23986 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23988 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23989 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23990 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23992 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23993 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23995 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23996 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23998 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23999 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24000 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24001 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24003 `(? SEXP ...)'
24004 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24006 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24007 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24009 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24010 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24011 matches N occurrences.
24013 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24014 matches N or more occurrences.
24016 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24017 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24018 matches N to M occurrences.
24020 `(backref N)'
24021 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24023 `(eval FORM)'
24024 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24025 `regexp-quote' it.
24027 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24028 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24030 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24032 ;;;***
24034 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24035 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
24036 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24038 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24039 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24040 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24041 interface.")
24043 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24045 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24046 Toggle savehist-mode.
24047 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24048 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24049 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24050 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24052 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24053 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24054 which is probably undesirable.
24056 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24058 ;;;***
24060 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24061 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
24062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24064 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24065 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24066 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24068 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24069 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24070 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24071 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24072 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24073 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24074 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24075 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24077 Commands:
24078 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24079 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24080 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24081 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24082 if that value is non-nil.
24084 \(fn)" t nil)
24086 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24087 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24088 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24090 Commands:
24091 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24092 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24093 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24094 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24095 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24096 that variable's value is a string.
24098 \(fn)" t nil)
24100 ;;;***
24102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24103 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
24104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24106 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24107 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24108 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24110 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24112 \(fn)" t nil)
24114 ;;;***
24116 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24117 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
24118 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24120 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24121 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24122 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24125 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24127 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24129 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24130 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24131 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24132 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24133 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24137 ;;;***
24139 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24140 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
24141 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24143 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24144 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24145 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24146 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24147 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24148 during scrolling.
24150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24152 ;;;***
24154 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24155 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24156 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24157 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24158 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24159 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24160 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24161 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24162 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18505 63072))
24163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24165 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24166 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24168 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24169 king@grassland.com
24170 If `parens', they look like:
24171 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24172 If `angles', they look like:
24173 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24174 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24175 derived from the envelope-from address.
24177 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24178 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24179 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24180 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24182 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24184 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24185 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24186 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24187 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24189 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24190 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24191 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24192 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24194 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24196 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24197 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24198 This is done when the message is initialized,
24199 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24201 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24203 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24204 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24205 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24207 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24209 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24211 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24212 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24213 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24214 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24215 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24216 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24217 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24219 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24221 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24222 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24224 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24226 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24227 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24228 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24230 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24232 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24233 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24234 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24235 when you first send mail.")
24237 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24239 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24240 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24241 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24242 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24243 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24245 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24247 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24248 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24249 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24250 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24251 This file need not actually exist.")
24253 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24255 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24256 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24257 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24259 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24261 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24262 Alist of mail address aliases,
24263 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24264 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24265 can specify a different file name.)
24266 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24267 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24269 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24270 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24271 nil means use indentation.")
24273 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24275 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24276 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24277 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24279 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24281 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24282 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24283 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24284 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24285 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24286 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24287 in the cited portion of the message.
24289 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24290 instead of no action.")
24292 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24294 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24295 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24296 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24297 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24298 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24300 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24302 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24303 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24304 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24305 If a string, that string is inserted.
24306 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24307 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24308 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24309 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24311 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24313 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24314 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24316 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24318 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24319 Directory for mail buffers.
24320 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24321 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24323 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24325 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24326 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24327 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24328 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24330 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24332 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24333 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24334 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24335 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24336 is non-nil.")
24338 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24340 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24341 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24342 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24343 `query' means ask the user each time.
24344 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24345 The default is `mime'.
24346 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24347 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24349 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24351 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24352 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24353 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24355 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24356 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24358 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24359 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24360 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24361 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24362 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24363 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24364 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24365 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24366 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24367 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24368 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24369 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24370 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24372 \(fn)" t nil)
24374 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24375 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24377 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24378 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24380 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24382 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24383 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24384 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24385 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24386 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24387 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24389 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24390 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24391 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24393 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24394 User should not set this variable manually,
24395 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24396 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24397 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24398 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24400 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24401 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24402 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24403 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24405 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24406 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24408 \\<mail-mode-map>
24409 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24411 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24412 to move to message header fields:
24413 \\{mail-mode-map}
24415 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24416 when the message is initialized.
24418 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24419 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24421 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24422 is inserted.
24424 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24425 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24427 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24428 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24429 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24430 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24431 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24432 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24433 buffer without erasing the contents.
24435 The second through fifth arguments,
24436 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24437 the initial contents of those header fields.
24438 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24439 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24440 original message being replied to, or else an action
24441 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24442 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24443 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24444 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24445 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24446 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24448 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24450 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24451 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24453 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24455 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24456 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24458 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24460 ;;;***
24462 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24463 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18464 4592))
24464 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24466 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24467 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24468 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24469 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24470 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24471 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24473 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24474 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24476 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24478 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24479 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24480 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24482 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24483 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24485 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24487 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24488 Toggle Server mode.
24489 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24490 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24491 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24495 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24496 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24498 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24500 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24501 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24503 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24505 ;;;***
24507 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18477 9129))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24510 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24511 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24512 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24514 Key definitions:
24515 \\{ses-mode-map}
24516 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24517 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24518 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24519 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24521 \(fn)" t nil)
24523 ;;;***
24525 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24526 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
24527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24529 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24530 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24531 Makes > match <.
24532 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24533 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24535 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24536 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24537 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24539 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24540 in your `.emacs' file.
24542 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24544 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24545 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24546 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24548 \(fn)" t nil)
24550 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24552 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24553 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24554 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24555 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24556 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24557 which this is based.
24559 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24561 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24562 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24563 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24564 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24566 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24567 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24568 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24570 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24571 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24572 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24573 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24575 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24576 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24577 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24578 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24580 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24582 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24583 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24584 To work around that, do:
24585 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24587 \\{html-mode-map}
24589 \(fn)" t nil)
24591 ;;;***
24593 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24594 ;;;;;; (18464 4598))
24595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24596 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24598 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24599 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24600 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24601 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24602 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24603 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24605 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24606 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24607 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24608 shell-specific features.
24610 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24611 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24612 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24613 \\<sh-mode-map>
24614 \\[sh-case] case statement
24615 \\[sh-for] for loop
24616 \\[sh-function] function definition
24617 \\[sh-if] if statement
24618 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24619 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24620 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24621 \\[sh-select] select loop
24622 \\[sh-until] until loop
24623 \\[sh-while] while loop
24625 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24626 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24627 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24628 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24629 would indent to the way it currently is.
24630 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24631 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24634 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24635 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24636 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24637 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24638 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24639 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24641 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24642 {, (, [, ', \", `
24643 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24645 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24646 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24647 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24649 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24650 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24652 \(fn)" t nil)
24654 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24656 ;;;***
24658 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18464 4592))
24659 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24661 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24662 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24663 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24664 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24665 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24666 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24668 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24670 ;;;***
24672 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24673 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
24674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24676 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24677 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24679 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24680 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24681 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24682 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24683 the earlier.
24685 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24687 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24689 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24690 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24691 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24693 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24694 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24696 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24697 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24698 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24699 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24700 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24701 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24702 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24703 Emacs version).
24705 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24706 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24707 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24708 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24709 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24711 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24712 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24713 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24715 \(fn)" t nil)
24717 ;;;***
24719 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24720 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18494
24721 ;;;;;; 34226))
24722 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24724 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24725 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24726 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24727 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24728 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24729 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24730 sites in the cluster.
24732 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24734 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24735 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24736 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24737 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24738 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24740 \(fn)" t nil)
24742 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24743 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24744 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24745 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24746 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24747 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24748 `shadow-define-cluster').
24750 \(fn)" t nil)
24752 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24753 Set up file shadowing.
24755 \(fn)" t nil)
24757 ;;;***
24759 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24760 ;;;;;; (18464 4592))
24761 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24763 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24764 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24765 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24766 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24767 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24768 arguments.")
24770 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24772 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24773 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24774 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24775 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24776 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24778 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24779 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24780 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24781 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24782 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24783 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24784 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24785 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24786 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24787 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24788 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24790 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24791 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24792 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24793 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24794 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24795 `default-process-coding-system'.
24797 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24798 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24799 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24800 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24802 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24804 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24805 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24807 ;;;***
24809 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24810 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18463 55077))
24811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24813 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24814 Not documented
24816 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24818 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24819 Not documented
24821 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24823 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24824 Not documented
24826 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24828 ;;;***
24830 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24831 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
24832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24834 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24835 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24836 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24837 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24838 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24840 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24842 \(fn)" t nil)
24844 ;;;***
24846 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18464
24847 ;;;;;; 4598))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24850 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24851 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24852 \\{simula-mode-map}
24853 Variables controlling indentation style:
24854 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24855 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24856 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24857 `simula-indent-level'
24858 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24859 `simula-substatement-offset'
24860 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24861 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24862 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24863 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24864 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24865 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24866 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24867 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24868 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24869 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24870 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24871 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24872 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24873 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24874 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24875 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24876 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24877 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24878 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24879 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24880 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24881 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24882 or nil if they should not be changed.
24883 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24884 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24885 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24886 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24888 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24889 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24891 \(fn)" t nil)
24893 ;;;***
24895 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24896 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18464 4592))
24897 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24899 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24900 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24902 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24903 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24904 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24905 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24907 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24909 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24910 Insert SKELETON.
24911 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24912 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24913 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24914 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24915 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24917 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24918 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24920 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24922 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24923 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24925 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24926 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24927 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24928 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24930 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24931 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24932 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24933 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24935 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24936 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24937 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24939 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24940 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24942 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24943 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24945 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24946 _ interesting point, interregion here
24947 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24948 interesting point set by _
24949 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24950 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24951 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24952 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24953 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24954 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24955 nil skipped
24957 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24958 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24960 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24961 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24962 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24963 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24964 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24965 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24966 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24967 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24969 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24970 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24971 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24972 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24973 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24974 available:
24976 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24977 then: insert previously read string once more
24978 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24979 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24980 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24982 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24983 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24985 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24987 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24988 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24990 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24991 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24992 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24993 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24994 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24995 such as backslash.
24997 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24998 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24999 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25001 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25003 ;;;***
25005 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25006 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18473 28083))
25007 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25009 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25010 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25011 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25012 buffer names.
25014 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25016 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25017 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25018 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25022 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25023 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25024 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25026 \(fn)" nil nil)
25028 ;;;***
25030 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25031 ;;;;;; (18463 55077))
25032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25034 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25035 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25036 A list of images is returned.
25038 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25040 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25041 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25042 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25046 ;;;***
25048 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25049 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18505 63072))
25050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25052 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25053 Not documented
25055 \(fn)" nil nil)
25057 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25058 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25060 \(fn)" t nil)
25062 ;;;***
25064 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18464 4597))
25065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25067 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25068 Play the Snake game.
25069 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25071 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25073 Snake mode keybindings:
25074 \\<snake-mode-map>
25075 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25076 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25077 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25078 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25079 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25080 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25081 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25083 \(fn)" t nil)
25085 ;;;***
25087 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25088 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
25089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25091 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25092 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25093 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25094 Tab indents for C code.
25095 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25096 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25097 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25098 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25099 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25101 \(fn)" t nil)
25103 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25104 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25105 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25106 Tab indents for C code.
25107 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25108 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25109 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25110 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25111 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25113 \(fn)" t nil)
25115 ;;;***
25117 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18463
25118 ;;;;;; 52127))
25119 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25121 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25122 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25123 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25124 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25125 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25127 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25131 ;;;***
25133 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18464
25134 ;;;;;; 4597))
25135 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25137 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25138 Play Solitaire.
25140 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25141 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25142 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25143 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25144 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25145 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25146 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25147 check after each move or undo)
25149 What is Solitaire?
25151 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25152 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25153 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25155 Le Solitaire
25156 ============
25158 o o o
25160 o o o
25162 o o o o o o o
25164 o o o . o o o
25166 o o o o o o o
25168 o o o
25170 o o o
25172 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25173 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25174 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25175 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25177 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25178 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25179 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25180 this: o o .
25182 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25183 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25185 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25187 o o o
25189 . o o
25191 o o . o o o o
25193 o . o o o o o
25195 o o o o o o o
25197 o o o
25199 o o o
25201 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25203 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25205 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25207 ;;;***
25209 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25210 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25211 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18464 4592))
25212 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25213 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25215 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25216 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25218 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25219 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25220 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25221 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25222 contiguous.
25224 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25225 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25226 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25227 the sort order.
25229 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25230 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25232 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25233 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25234 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25235 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25236 is called.
25238 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25239 It should move point to the end of the record.
25241 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25242 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25243 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25244 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25245 starts at the beginning of the record.
25247 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25248 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25249 same as ENDRECFUN.
25251 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25252 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25254 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25256 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25257 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25258 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25259 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25260 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25261 the sort order.
25263 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25265 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25266 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25267 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25268 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25269 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25270 the sort order.
25272 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25274 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25275 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25276 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25277 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25278 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25279 the sort order.
25281 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25282 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25284 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25285 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25286 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25287 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25288 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25289 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25290 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25291 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25292 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25294 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25296 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25297 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25298 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25299 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25300 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25301 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25302 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25303 the sort order.
25305 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25307 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25308 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25309 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25310 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25311 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25312 is to be used for sorting.
25313 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25314 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25315 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25316 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25317 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25319 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25321 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25322 the sort order.
25324 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25325 starting with the letter \"f\",
25326 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25328 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25330 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25331 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25332 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25333 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25334 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25335 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25336 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25337 the sort order.
25339 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25340 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25341 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25342 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25343 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25345 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25347 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25348 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25349 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25353 ;;;***
25355 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18511
25356 ;;;;;; 17106))
25357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25359 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25360 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25361 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25362 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25363 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25364 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25366 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25368 ;;;***
25370 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25371 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25372 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18511 17106))
25373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25375 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25376 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25378 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25379 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25380 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25382 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25384 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25385 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25386 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25387 server.
25389 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25391 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25392 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25393 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25395 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25397 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25398 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25399 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25400 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25401 Agent is plugged.
25403 \(fn)" t nil)
25405 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25406 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25407 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25408 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25410 \(fn)" t nil)
25412 ;;;***
25414 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25415 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18464 4592))
25416 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25418 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25420 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25421 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25422 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25423 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25424 supported at a time.
25425 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25426 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25430 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25431 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25432 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25433 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25435 \(fn)" t nil)
25437 ;;;***
25439 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25440 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18464 4602))
25441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25443 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25445 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25446 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25447 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25448 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25449 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25450 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25452 \(fn)" t nil)
25454 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25456 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25457 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25458 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25459 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25461 \(fn)" t nil)
25463 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25465 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25466 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25467 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25468 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25469 for example, \"word\".
25471 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25473 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25475 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25476 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25478 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25480 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25482 ;;;***
25484 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18464
25485 ;;;;;; 4597))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25488 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25489 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25491 \(fn)" t nil)
25493 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25494 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25496 \(fn)" nil nil)
25498 ;;;***
25500 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25501 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25502 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25503 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18464
25504 ;;;;;; 4599))
25505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25507 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25508 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25510 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25511 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25512 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25513 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25514 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25515 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25516 of the current highlighting list.
25518 For example:
25520 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25521 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25523 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25524 `_t' as data types.
25526 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25528 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25529 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25531 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25532 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25534 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25536 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25537 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25538 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25540 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25542 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25543 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25544 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25545 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25546 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25547 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25548 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25549 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25550 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25552 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25554 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25555 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25556 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25557 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25559 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25560 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25561 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25562 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25564 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25565 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25566 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25568 \(fn)" t nil)
25570 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25571 Major mode to edit SQL.
25573 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25574 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25575 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25577 \\{sql-mode-map}
25578 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25580 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25581 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25582 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25583 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25584 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25585 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25587 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25588 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25590 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25591 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25592 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25594 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25595 (lambda ()
25596 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25598 \(fn)" t nil)
25600 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25601 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25603 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25604 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25605 `*SQL*'.
25607 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25609 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25611 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25612 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25614 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25615 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25616 `*SQL*'.
25618 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25619 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25620 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25621 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25623 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25624 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25626 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25627 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25628 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25629 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25630 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25631 `default-process-coding-system'.
25633 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25635 \(fn)" t nil)
25637 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25638 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25640 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25641 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25642 `*SQL*'.
25644 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25645 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25646 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25647 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25649 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25650 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25652 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25653 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25654 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25655 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25656 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25657 `default-process-coding-system'.
25659 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25661 \(fn)" t nil)
25663 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25664 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25666 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25667 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25668 `*SQL*'.
25670 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25671 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25673 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25674 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25676 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25677 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25678 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25679 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25680 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25681 `default-process-coding-system'.
25683 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25685 \(fn)" t nil)
25687 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25688 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25690 SQLite is free software.
25692 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25693 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25694 `*SQL*'.
25696 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25697 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25698 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25699 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25701 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25702 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25704 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25705 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25706 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25707 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25708 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25709 `default-process-coding-system'.
25711 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25713 \(fn)" t nil)
25715 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25716 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25718 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25720 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25721 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25722 `*SQL*'.
25724 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25725 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25726 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25727 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25729 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25730 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25732 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25733 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25734 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25735 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25736 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25737 `default-process-coding-system'.
25739 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25741 \(fn)" t nil)
25743 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25744 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25746 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25747 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25748 `*SQL*'.
25750 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25751 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25752 defaults, if set.
25754 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25755 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25757 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25758 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25759 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25760 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25761 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25762 `default-process-coding-system'.
25764 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25766 \(fn)" t nil)
25768 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25769 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25771 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25772 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25773 `*SQL*'.
25775 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25776 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25778 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25779 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25781 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25782 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25783 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25784 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25785 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25786 `default-process-coding-system'.
25788 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25790 \(fn)" t nil)
25792 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25793 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25795 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25796 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25797 `*SQL*'.
25799 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25800 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25801 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25802 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25804 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25805 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25807 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25808 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25809 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25810 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25811 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25812 `default-process-coding-system'.
25814 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25816 \(fn)" t nil)
25818 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25819 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25821 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25822 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25823 `*SQL*'.
25825 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25826 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25827 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25828 `sql-postgres-options'.
25830 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25831 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25833 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25834 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25835 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25836 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25837 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25838 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25839 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25840 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25842 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25843 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25845 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25847 \(fn)" t nil)
25849 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25850 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25852 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25853 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25854 `*SQL*'.
25856 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25857 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25858 defaults, if set.
25860 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25861 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25863 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25864 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25865 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25866 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25867 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25868 `default-process-coding-system'.
25870 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25872 \(fn)" t nil)
25874 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25875 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25877 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25878 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25879 `*SQL*'.
25881 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25882 automatic login.
25884 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25885 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25887 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25888 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25889 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25890 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25894 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25897 `default-process-coding-system'.
25899 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25901 \(fn)" t nil)
25903 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25904 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25906 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25907 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25908 `*SQL*'.
25910 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25911 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25912 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25913 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25914 parameters.
25916 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25917 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25918 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25919 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25920 an empty password.
25922 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25923 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25925 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25927 \(fn)" t nil)
25929 ;;;***
25931 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25932 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25933 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25934 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25935 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18505
25936 ;;;;;; 63071))
25937 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25939 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25940 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25941 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25942 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25943 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25944 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25946 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25948 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25950 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25951 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25952 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25953 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25954 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25955 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25956 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25958 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25960 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25961 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25962 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25963 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25964 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25965 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25966 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25968 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25970 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25971 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25972 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25974 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25976 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25977 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25978 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25980 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25982 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25983 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25985 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25987 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25988 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25990 \(fn)" t nil)
25992 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25993 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25995 \(fn)" t nil)
25997 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25998 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25999 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26000 chronologically by command name.
26001 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26003 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26005 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26006 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26007 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26009 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26010 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26012 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26014 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26015 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26016 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26017 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26018 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26019 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26020 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26022 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26023 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26024 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26025 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26027 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26031 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26032 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26033 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26034 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26036 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26038 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26039 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26041 \(fn)" t nil)
26043 ;;;***
26045 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26046 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 26747))
26047 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26049 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26050 Studlify-case the region.
26052 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26054 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26055 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26057 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26059 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26060 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26062 \(fn)" t nil)
26064 ;;;***
26066 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26067 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
26068 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26070 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26071 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26072 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26073 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26074 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26075 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26076 original message but it does require a few things:
26078 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26080 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26081 reply buffer.
26083 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26084 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26085 original message.
26087 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26089 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26091 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26092 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26093 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26095 \(fn)" nil nil)
26097 ;;;***
26099 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26100 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18464 4599))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26103 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26104 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26105 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26106 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26107 `complete-symbol'.
26108 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26109 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26111 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26112 determining which symbols are considered.
26114 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26115 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26116 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26117 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26119 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26121 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26122 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26123 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26124 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26125 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26126 completion:
26128 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26129 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26130 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26131 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26133 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26135 ;;;***
26137 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18511
26138 ;;;;;; 15896))
26139 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26141 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26143 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26144 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26145 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26148 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26150 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26152 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26153 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26154 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26155 otherwise turn it off.
26157 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26158 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26159 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26163 ;;;***
26165 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18464 4593))
26166 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26168 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26169 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26170 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26171 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26172 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26174 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26176 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26177 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26178 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26179 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26180 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26181 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26182 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26184 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26186 ;;;***
26188 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26189 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26190 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26191 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26192 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26193 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26194 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26195 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26196 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26197 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26198 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26199 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26200 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18464 4602))
26201 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26203 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26204 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26205 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26207 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26209 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26210 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26212 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26214 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26215 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26217 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26219 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26220 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26222 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26224 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26225 Insert an editable text table.
26226 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26227 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26228 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26229 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26230 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26231 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26232 delimiting them.
26234 Examples:
26236 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26238 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26239 location of point.
26243 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26244 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26245 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26246 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26247 first cell.
26249 +-----+-----+-----+
26250 |-!- | | |
26251 +-----+-----+-----+
26253 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26255 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26256 width, which results as
26258 +--------------+-----+-----+
26259 |-!- | | |
26260 +--------------+-----+-----+
26262 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26263 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26265 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26266 | | |-!- |
26267 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26269 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26270 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26271 width information to `table-insert'.
26273 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26275 instead of
26277 Cell width(s): 5
26279 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26280 work all together.
26282 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26283 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26285 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26286 |-!- | | |
26287 | | | |
26288 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26290 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26292 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26293 |-!- | | |
26294 | | | |
26295 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26296 | | | |
26297 | | | |
26298 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26300 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26302 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26303 | | | |
26304 | | | |
26305 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26306 | | | |
26307 | | | |
26308 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26311 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26312 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26313 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26315 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26316 | | | |
26317 | | | |
26318 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26319 | | | |
26320 | | | |
26321 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26322 |-!- | | |
26323 | | | |
26324 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26326 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26327 results.
26329 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26330 | | | |
26331 | | | |
26332 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26333 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26334 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26335 | | |expected results.-!- |
26336 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26337 | | | |
26338 | | | |
26339 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26341 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26343 \\{table-cell-map}
26345 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26347 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26348 Insert N table row(s).
26349 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26350 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26351 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26352 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26354 \(fn N)" t nil)
26356 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26357 Insert N table column(s).
26358 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26359 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26360 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26361 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26363 \(fn N)" t nil)
26365 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26366 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26367 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26369 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26371 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26372 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26373 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26374 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26375 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26376 all the table specific features.
26378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26381 Not documented
26383 \(fn)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26386 Recognize all tables within region.
26387 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26388 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26389 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26390 specific features.
26392 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26394 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26395 Not documented
26397 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26400 Recognize a table at point.
26401 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26402 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26403 the table specific features.
26405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26407 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26408 Not documented
26410 \(fn)" t nil)
26412 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26413 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26414 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26415 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26416 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26417 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26418 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26420 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26423 Not documented
26425 \(fn)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26428 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26429 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26430 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26431 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26432 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26433 specified.
26435 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26437 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26438 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26439 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26440 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26441 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26442 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26443 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26444 table structure.
26446 \(fn N)" t nil)
26448 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26449 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26450 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26451 table's rectangle structure.
26453 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26455 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26456 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26457 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26458 table's rectangle structure.
26460 \(fn N)" t nil)
26462 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26463 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26464 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26465 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26466 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26468 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26470 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26471 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26472 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26474 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26475 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26476 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26477 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26478 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26479 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26480 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26482 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26483 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26484 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26485 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26486 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26487 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26488 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26490 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26491 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26492 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26493 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26494 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26495 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26496 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26497 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26499 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26501 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26502 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26503 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26504 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26508 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26509 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26510 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26512 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26515 Split current cell vertically.
26516 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26518 \(fn)" t nil)
26520 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26521 Split current cell horizontally.
26522 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26524 \(fn)" t nil)
26526 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26527 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26528 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26530 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26532 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26533 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26534 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26535 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26537 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26539 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26540 Justify cell contents.
26541 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26542 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26543 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26544 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26546 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26548 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26549 Justify cells of a row.
26550 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26551 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26553 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26555 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26556 Justify cells of a column.
26557 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26558 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26560 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26562 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26563 Toggle fixing width mode.
26564 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26565 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26566 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26570 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26571 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26572 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26573 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26574 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26575 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26576 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26577 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26578 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26579 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26580 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26582 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26584 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26585 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26586 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26587 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26588 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26589 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26590 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26591 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26592 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26593 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26594 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26595 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26596 untouched.
26598 References used for this implementation:
26600 HTML:
26601 http://www.w3.org
26603 LaTeX:
26604 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26606 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26607 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26608 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26610 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26612 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26613 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26614 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26615 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26616 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26617 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26618 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26619 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26620 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26621 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26622 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26623 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26624 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26625 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26626 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26627 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26628 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26630 Example:
26632 (progn
26633 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26634 (table-forward-cell 15)
26635 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26636 (table-forward-cell 16)
26637 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26638 (table-forward-cell 1)
26639 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26641 (progn
26642 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26643 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26644 (table-forward-cell 1)
26645 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26647 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26649 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26650 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26651 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26652 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26653 consists from cells of same height.
26655 \(fn N)" t nil)
26657 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26658 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26659 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26660 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26661 column must consists from cells of same width.
26663 \(fn N)" t nil)
26665 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26666 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26667 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26668 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26669 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26670 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26671 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26672 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26673 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26674 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26675 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26676 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26677 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26678 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26679 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26682 Example 1:
26684 1, 2, 3, 4
26685 5, 6, 7, 8
26686 , 9, 10
26688 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26689 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26690 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26691 specified as 5.
26693 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26694 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26695 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26696 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26697 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26698 | | 9 | 10 | |
26699 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26701 Note:
26703 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26704 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26705 of each row is optional.
26708 Example 2:
26710 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26711 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26712 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26713 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26714 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26716 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26717 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26719 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26720 expression and raw delimiter regular
26721 expression, it parses the specified text
26722 area and extracts cell items from
26723 non-table text and then forms a table out
26724 of them.
26726 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26727 creates a single cell table. The text in
26728 the specified region is placed in that
26729 cell.-*-
26731 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26732 like this.
26734 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26735 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26736 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26738 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26739 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26740 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26741 | area and extracts cell items from |
26742 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26743 | of them. |
26745 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26746 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26747 | the specified region is placed in that |
26748 | cell. |
26749 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26751 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26752 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26753 independently.
26755 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26756 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26757 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26758 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26759 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26760 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26761 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26762 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26763 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26764 | |of them. |
26765 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26766 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26767 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26768 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26769 | |cell. |
26770 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26772 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26773 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26774 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26776 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26778 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26779 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26780 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26781 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26782 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26784 \(fn)" t nil)
26786 ;;;***
26788 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18474 17457))
26789 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26791 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26792 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26794 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26796 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26797 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26799 \(fn)" t nil)
26801 ;;;***
26803 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18498 31280))
26804 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26806 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26807 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26808 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26809 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26810 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26811 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26812 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26814 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26815 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26816 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26817 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26819 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26820 \\{tar-mode-map}
26822 \(fn)" t nil)
26824 ;;;***
26826 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26827 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18464 4599))
26828 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26830 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26831 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26832 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26833 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26834 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26835 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26837 Variables controlling indentation style:
26838 `tcl-indent-level'
26839 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26840 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26841 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26843 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26844 documentation for details):
26845 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26846 Controls action of TAB key.
26847 `tcl-auto-newline'
26848 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26849 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26850 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26851 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26852 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26854 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26855 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26856 already exist.
26858 Commands:
26859 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26861 \(fn)" t nil)
26863 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26864 Run inferior Tcl process.
26865 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26866 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26868 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26870 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26871 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26872 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26874 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26876 ;;;***
26878 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18510 60655))
26879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26880 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26882 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26883 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26884 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26885 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26887 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26888 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26889 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26890 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26891 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26893 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26894 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26896 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26897 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26898 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26899 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26901 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26903 ;;;***
26905 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26906 ;;;;;; (18514 11025))
26907 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26909 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26910 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26911 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26912 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26913 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26914 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26916 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26918 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26919 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26920 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26921 commands to use in that buffer.
26923 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26925 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26927 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26928 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26930 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26932 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26933 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26934 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26935 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26936 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26937 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26938 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26939 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26940 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26941 use in that buffer.
26942 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26944 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26946 ;;;***
26948 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18464
26949 ;;;;;; 4594))
26950 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26952 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26953 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26954 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26955 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26956 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26957 program as keyboard input.
26959 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26960 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26961 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26962 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26964 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26965 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26966 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26967 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26968 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26970 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26972 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26973 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26974 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26975 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26977 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26978 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26979 subprocess started.
26981 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26983 ;;;***
26985 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26986 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
26987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26989 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26990 Start coverage on function under point.
26992 \(fn)" t nil)
26994 ;;;***
26996 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18464 4597))
26997 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26999 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27000 Play the Tetris game.
27001 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27002 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27003 as to form complete rows.
27005 tetris-mode keybindings:
27006 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27007 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27008 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27009 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27010 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27011 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27012 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27013 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27014 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27016 \(fn)" t nil)
27018 ;;;***
27020 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27021 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27022 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27023 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27024 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27025 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27026 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27027 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
27028 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27030 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27031 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27033 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27035 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27036 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27037 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27038 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27039 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27041 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27043 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27044 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27045 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27046 if it matches the first line of the file,
27047 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27049 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27051 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27052 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27053 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27054 if the variable is non-nil.")
27056 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27058 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27059 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27061 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27063 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27064 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27065 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27066 See the documentation of that variable.")
27068 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27070 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27071 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27072 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27073 See the documentation of that variable.")
27075 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27077 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27078 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27079 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27080 See the documentation of that variable.")
27082 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27084 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27085 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27086 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27087 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27088 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27090 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27092 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27093 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27094 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27095 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27097 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27099 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27100 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27101 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27103 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27105 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27106 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27107 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27108 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27110 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27112 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27113 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27114 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27115 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27117 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27119 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27120 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27121 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27122 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27124 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27125 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27126 for example,
27128 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27129 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27131 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27132 use.")
27134 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27136 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27137 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27138 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27139 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27140 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27142 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27144 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27146 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27147 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27148 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27150 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27152 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27153 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27154 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27155 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27156 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27158 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27160 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27161 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27163 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27165 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27166 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27168 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27170 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27171 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27172 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27173 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27174 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27175 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27176 says which mode to use.
27178 \(fn)" t nil)
27180 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27182 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27184 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27186 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27187 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27188 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27189 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27190 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27192 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27193 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27194 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27195 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27196 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27197 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27198 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27200 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27201 mismatched $'s or braces.
27203 Special commands:
27204 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27206 Mode variables:
27207 tex-run-command
27208 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27209 tex-directory
27210 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27211 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27212 tex-dvi-print-command
27213 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27214 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27215 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27216 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27217 tex-dvi-view-command
27218 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27219 tex-show-queue-command
27220 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27221 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27223 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27224 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27225 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27227 \(fn)" t nil)
27229 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27230 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27231 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27232 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27233 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27235 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27236 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27237 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27238 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27239 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27240 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27241 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27243 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27244 mismatched $'s or braces.
27246 Special commands:
27247 \\{latex-mode-map}
27249 Mode variables:
27250 latex-run-command
27251 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27252 tex-directory
27253 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27254 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27255 tex-dvi-print-command
27256 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27257 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27258 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27259 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27260 tex-dvi-view-command
27261 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27262 tex-show-queue-command
27263 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27264 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27266 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27267 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27268 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27270 \(fn)" t nil)
27272 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27273 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27274 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27275 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27276 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27278 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27279 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27280 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27281 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27282 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27283 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27284 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27286 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27287 mismatched $'s or braces.
27289 Special commands:
27290 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27292 Mode variables:
27293 slitex-run-command
27294 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27295 tex-directory
27296 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27297 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27298 tex-dvi-print-command
27299 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27300 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27301 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27302 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27303 tex-dvi-view-command
27304 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27305 tex-show-queue-command
27306 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27307 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27309 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27310 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27311 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27312 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27314 \(fn)" t nil)
27316 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27317 Not documented
27319 \(fn)" nil nil)
27321 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27322 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27324 \(fn)" t nil)
27326 ;;;***
27328 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27329 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18464 4602))
27330 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27332 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27333 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27334 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27335 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27337 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27338 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27339 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27341 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27343 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27344 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27345 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27346 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27347 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27349 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27351 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27352 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27353 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27354 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27356 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27357 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27358 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27359 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27361 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27362 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27364 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27366 ;;;***
27368 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27369 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18505 59134))
27370 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27372 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27373 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27375 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27377 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27378 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27380 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27382 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27383 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27385 It has these extra commands:
27386 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27388 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27389 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27390 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27391 modified version of TeX input format.
27393 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27394 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27395 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27396 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27398 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27399 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27400 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27401 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27402 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27403 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27404 in the Texinfo file.
27406 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27407 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27408 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27409 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27410 move forward past the closing brace.
27412 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27413 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27415 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27416 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27417 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27419 Here are the functions:
27421 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27422 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27423 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27425 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27426 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27427 texinfo-master-menu
27429 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27431 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27432 which menu descriptions are indented.
27434 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27435 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27436 in the region.
27438 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27439 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27440 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27441 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27443 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27444 be the first node in the file.
27446 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27447 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27449 \(fn)" t nil)
27451 ;;;***
27453 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27454 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27455 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
27456 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27458 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27459 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27460 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27461 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27465 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27466 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27468 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27470 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27471 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27473 \(fn)" t nil)
27475 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27476 Not documented
27478 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27480 ;;;***
27482 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27483 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27484 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18464 4594))
27485 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27487 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27488 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27490 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27492 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27493 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27494 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27495 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27496 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27498 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27499 a symbol as a valid THING.
27501 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27502 of the textual entity that was found.
27504 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27506 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27507 Return the THING at point.
27508 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27509 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27510 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27512 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27513 a symbol as a valid THING.
27515 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27517 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27518 Not documented
27520 \(fn)" nil nil)
27522 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27523 Not documented
27525 \(fn)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27528 Not documented
27530 \(fn)" nil nil)
27532 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27533 Not documented
27535 \(fn)" nil nil)
27537 ;;;***
27539 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27540 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27541 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
27542 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27544 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27545 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27547 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27549 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27550 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27551 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27552 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27554 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27556 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27557 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27559 \(fn)" t nil)
27561 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27562 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27564 \(fn)" t nil)
27566 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27568 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27569 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27571 \(fn)" t nil)
27573 ;;;***
27575 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27576 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27577 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27578 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27579 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27580 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18464 4595))
27581 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27583 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27584 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27585 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27587 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27589 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27590 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27592 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27594 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27595 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27596 The returned string has no composition information.
27598 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27600 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27601 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27603 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27605 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27606 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27608 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27610 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27611 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27612 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27613 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27617 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27618 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27619 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27620 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27622 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27624 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
27625 Not documented
27627 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27629 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27630 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27631 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27633 \(fn)" t nil)
27635 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27636 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27637 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27639 \(fn)" t nil)
27641 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27642 Not documented
27644 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27646 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27647 Not documented
27649 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27651 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27652 Not documented
27654 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27656 ;;;***
27658 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27659 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
27660 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27662 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27663 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27664 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27665 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27666 parameters.
27667 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27669 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27671 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27672 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27673 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27674 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27675 parameters.
27676 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27678 \(fn)" t nil)
27680 ;;;***
27682 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27683 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27684 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18464 4594))
27685 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27687 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27688 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27690 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27692 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27693 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27694 This display updates automatically every minute.
27695 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27696 are displayed as well.
27697 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27699 \(fn)" t nil)
27701 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27702 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27703 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27705 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27706 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27708 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27710 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27711 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27712 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27714 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27715 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27716 are displayed as well.
27717 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27721 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27722 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27723 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27724 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27726 \(fn)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27729 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27730 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27731 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27733 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27735 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27736 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27738 \(fn)" t nil)
27740 ;;;***
27742 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27743 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27744 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27745 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
27746 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18463 52127))
27747 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27749 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27750 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27752 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27754 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
27755 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27756 You can use `float-time' instead.
27758 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27760 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27761 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27763 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27765 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27766 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27768 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27770 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27771 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27773 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27775 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27776 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27777 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27779 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27781 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27783 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27784 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27785 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27787 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27789 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27790 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27792 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27794 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27795 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27796 DATE should be a date-time string.
27798 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27800 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27801 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27802 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27804 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27806 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27807 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27809 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27811 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27812 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27814 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27816 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27817 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27818 TIME should be a time value.
27819 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27821 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27823 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27824 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27825 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27827 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27829 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27830 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27831 The valid format specifiers are:
27832 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27833 %d is the number of days.
27834 %h is the number of hours.
27835 %m is the number of minutes.
27836 %s is the number of seconds.
27837 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27838 %% is a literal \"%\".
27840 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27841 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27843 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27844 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27845 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27847 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27848 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27849 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27851 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27853 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27855 ;;;***
27857 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27858 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18464 4594))
27859 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27860 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27861 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27862 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27863 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27864 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27865 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27866 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27867 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27869 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27870 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27871 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27872 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27873 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27874 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27875 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27876 look like one of the following:
27877 Time-stamp: <>
27878 Time-stamp: \" \"
27879 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27880 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27881 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27882 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27883 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27884 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27885 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27886 the template.
27888 \(fn)" t nil)
27890 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27891 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27892 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27896 ;;;***
27898 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27899 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27900 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27901 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27902 ;;;;;; (18463 52127))
27903 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27905 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27906 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27907 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27908 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27909 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27910 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27911 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27912 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27913 display (non-nil means on).
27915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27917 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27918 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27919 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27920 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27921 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27922 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27923 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27924 this function is called within a day.
27926 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27927 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27928 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27929 discover the name of the project.
27931 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27933 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27934 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27935 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27936 begun during the last time segment.
27938 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27939 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27940 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27941 discover the reason.
27943 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27945 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27946 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27947 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27948 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27949 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27951 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27953 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27954 Change to working on a different project.
27955 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27956 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27957 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27958 working on.
27960 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27962 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27963 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27964 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27966 \(fn)" nil nil)
27968 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27969 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27970 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27972 \(fn)" t nil)
27974 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27975 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27976 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27977 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27978 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27979 \"relative to today\".
27981 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27983 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27984 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27985 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27986 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27988 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27990 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27991 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27992 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27993 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27994 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27995 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27997 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27999 ;;;***
28001 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28002 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18464 4595))
28003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28005 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28006 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28007 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28008 the generated Quail package is saved.
28010 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28012 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28013 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28014 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28015 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28016 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28017 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28018 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28020 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28022 ;;;***
28024 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28025 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18464 4594))
28026 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28027 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28028 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28030 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28031 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28032 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28033 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28034 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28036 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28038 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28039 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28040 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28041 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28042 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28044 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28046 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28047 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28048 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28049 in the menu in two ways:
28050 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28051 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28052 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28054 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28055 keymap or an alist of alists.
28056 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28057 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28059 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28061 ;;;***
28063 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28064 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28065 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18463 52127))
28066 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28068 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28069 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28071 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28073 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28074 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28076 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28078 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28079 Insert new TODO list entry.
28080 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28081 category.
28083 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28085 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28086 List top priorities for each category.
28088 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28089 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28091 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28092 between each category.
28094 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28096 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28097 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28098 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28099 between each category.
28101 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28103 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28105 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28106 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28108 \\{todo-mode-map}
28110 \(fn)" t nil)
28112 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28113 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28115 \(fn)" nil nil)
28117 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28118 Show TODO list.
28120 \(fn)" t nil)
28122 ;;;***
28124 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28125 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28126 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18512 40701))
28127 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28129 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28130 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28131 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28135 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28137 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28138 Add an item to the tool bar.
28139 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28140 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28141 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28142 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28144 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28145 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28146 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28147 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28149 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28150 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28152 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28154 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28155 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28156 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28157 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28158 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28159 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28161 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28162 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28163 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28164 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28166 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28168 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28169 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28170 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28171 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28172 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28173 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28174 properties to add to the binding.
28176 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28178 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28179 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28181 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28183 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28184 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28185 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28186 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28187 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28188 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28189 properties to add to the binding.
28191 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28192 holds a keymap.
28194 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28196 ;;;***
28198 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28199 ;;;;;; (18464 63630))
28200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28202 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28203 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28204 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28205 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28206 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28207 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28209 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28211 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28212 TPU/edt emulation.
28214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28216 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28218 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28219 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28221 \(fn)" t nil)
28223 ;;;***
28225 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28226 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
28227 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28229 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28230 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28232 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28233 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28234 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28235 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28236 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28238 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28239 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28240 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28241 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28242 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28244 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28245 (tpu-edt)
28247 Known Problems:
28249 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28250 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28251 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28252 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28253 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28254 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28256 \(fn)" t nil)
28258 ;;;***
28260 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18463 55075))
28261 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28263 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28264 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28265 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28266 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28267 to a tcp server on another machine.
28269 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28271 ;;;***
28273 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28274 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18510 60654))
28275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28277 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28278 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28280 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28282 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28283 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28284 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28285 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28286 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28287 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28288 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28289 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28291 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28293 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28294 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28295 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28296 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28297 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28298 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28299 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28300 the window or buffer configuration.
28302 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28304 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28306 ;;;***
28308 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28309 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28310 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28311 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18517 53417))
28312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28314 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28315 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28316 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28318 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28320 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28321 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28323 It can have the following values:
28325 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28326 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28327 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28329 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28331 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28332 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28333 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28334 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28336 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28337 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28338 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28339 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28341 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28342 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28343 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28345 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28346 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28347 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28348 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28349 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28350 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28351 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28352 files which are not really Tramp files.
28354 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28355 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28356 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28357 updated after changing this variable.
28359 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28361 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28362 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28363 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28364 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28366 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28367 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28368 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28369 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28371 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28372 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28373 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28374 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28376 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28377 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28378 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28380 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28381 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28382 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28384 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28385 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28386 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28387 updated after changing this variable.
28389 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28391 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28392 Alist of completion handler functions.
28393 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28394 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28395 normal Emacs functions.")
28397 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28398 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28399 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28400 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28402 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28403 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28404 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28405 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28407 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28408 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28409 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28411 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28413 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28414 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28415 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28417 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28418 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28419 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28421 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28422 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28423 (add-hook
28424 'after-init-hook
28425 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28427 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28428 Not documented
28430 \(fn)" nil nil)
28432 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28433 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28435 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28437 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28438 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28440 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28442 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28443 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28445 \(fn)" t nil)
28447 ;;;***
28449 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28450 ;;;;;; (18464 4596))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28453 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28454 Not documented
28456 \(fn)" nil nil)
28458 ;;;***
28460 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18464
28461 ;;;;;; 4594))
28462 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28464 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28465 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28466 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28467 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28468 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28469 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28470 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28471 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28473 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28474 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28475 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28477 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28478 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28479 resumed later.
28481 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28483 ;;;***
28485 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28486 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
28487 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28489 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28490 Not documented
28492 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28494 ;;;***
28496 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28497 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18464 4602))
28498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28499 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28500 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28501 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28503 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28504 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28505 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28506 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28507 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28508 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28509 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28511 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28513 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28514 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28515 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28516 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28518 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28520 \(fn)" t nil)
28522 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28523 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28524 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28525 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28526 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28527 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28528 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28530 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28531 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28533 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28534 \\___/\\
28535 / \\
28536 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28538 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28540 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28542 ;;;***
28544 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28545 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28546 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28547 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28548 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
28549 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28551 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28552 Toggle typing break mode.
28553 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28555 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28557 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28559 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28560 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28562 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28564 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28565 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28567 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28568 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28569 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28571 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28572 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28574 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28576 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28577 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28579 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28580 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28581 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28582 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28584 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28586 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28587 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28588 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28590 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28591 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28592 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28593 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28594 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28595 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28597 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28598 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28599 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28600 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28602 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28603 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28605 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28606 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28608 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28610 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28611 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28612 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28614 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28615 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28616 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28617 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28618 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28619 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28620 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28622 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28623 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28625 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28626 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28627 reset the keystroke counter.
28629 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28630 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28631 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28632 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28634 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28635 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28636 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28637 `type-break-schedule' command.
28639 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28640 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28641 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28642 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28643 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28644 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28645 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28646 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28647 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28649 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28650 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28651 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28652 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28653 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28655 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28656 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28657 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28658 approximate good values for this.
28660 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28661 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28663 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28664 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28665 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28666 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28667 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28668 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28670 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28671 a typing break occur. They include:
28673 `type-break-query-mode'
28674 `type-break-query-function'
28675 `type-break-query-interval'
28677 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28679 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28680 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28681 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28682 problems.
28684 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28686 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28687 Take a typing break.
28689 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28690 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28692 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28693 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28695 \(fn)" t nil)
28697 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28698 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28699 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28700 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28702 \(fn)" t nil)
28704 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28705 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28707 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28708 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28709 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28710 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28711 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28712 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28713 average typing speed.)
28715 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28716 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28717 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28718 the computed maximum threshold.
28720 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28721 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28722 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28723 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28724 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28726 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28728 ;;;***
28730 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28731 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18464 4602))
28732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28734 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28735 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28736 Works by overstriking underscores.
28737 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28738 which specify the range to operate on.
28740 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28742 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28743 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28744 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28745 which specify the range to operate on.
28747 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28749 ;;;***
28751 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28752 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18464 4595))
28753 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28755 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28756 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28757 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28759 \(fn)" t nil)
28761 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
28762 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28763 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28764 following the containing message.
28766 \(fn)" t nil)
28768 ;;;***
28770 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28771 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
28772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28774 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28775 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28776 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28777 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28778 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28779 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28781 \(fn)" nil nil)
28783 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28784 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28786 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28788 ;;;***
28790 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18463
28791 ;;;;;; 55075))
28792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28794 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28795 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28796 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28797 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28799 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28801 ;;;***
28803 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28804 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18464 4603))
28805 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28807 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28808 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28809 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28811 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28812 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28813 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28814 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28815 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28816 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28818 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28819 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28820 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28822 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28823 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28824 the callback is not called).
28826 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28827 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28828 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28829 take effect.
28831 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28833 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28834 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28835 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28836 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28837 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28841 ;;;***
28843 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28844 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18505 63072))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28847 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28848 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28849 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28851 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28852 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28853 `url-generic-parse-url'
28854 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28855 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28856 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28857 realm
28858 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28859 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28860 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28861 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28862 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28863 what type of auth to use
28864 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28865 if one cannot be found in the cache
28867 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28869 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28870 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28872 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28873 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28874 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28875 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28876 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28877 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28878 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28879 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28881 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28883 ;;;***
28885 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28886 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18464
28887 ;;;;;; 4602))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28890 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28891 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28893 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28895 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28896 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28898 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28901 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28903 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28906 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28908 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28910 ;;;***
28912 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18464 4602))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28915 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28916 Not documented
28918 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28920 ;;;***
28922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28923 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18464 4602))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28926 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28927 Not documented
28929 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28931 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28932 Not documented
28934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28936 ;;;***
28938 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18464
28939 ;;;;;; 4602))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28942 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28943 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28945 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28947 ;;;***
28949 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28950 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18464 4602))
28951 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28953 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28954 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28956 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28958 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28959 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28960 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28961 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28962 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28964 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28966 ;;;***
28968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28969 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28970 ;;;;;; (18495 27622))
28971 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28973 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28974 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28975 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28978 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28980 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28982 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28983 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28987 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28988 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28989 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28990 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28992 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28994 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28995 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28996 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28997 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28998 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28999 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29000 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29001 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29002 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29004 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29007 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29008 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29009 accessible.
29011 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29013 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29014 Not documented
29016 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29018 ;;;***
29020 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29021 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18505 59054))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29024 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29025 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29026 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29027 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29028 CBARGS as the arguments.
29030 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29032 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29033 Not documented
29035 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29037 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29039 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29040 Not documented
29042 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29044 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29045 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29046 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29048 Property list members:
29050 methods
29051 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29052 supports.
29055 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29056 supported.
29058 dasl
29059 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29061 ranges
29062 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29065 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29066 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29067 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29068 Emacs/W3.
29070 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29072 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29073 Default HTTPS port.")
29075 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29076 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29078 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29079 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29080 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29081 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29082 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29084 ;;;***
29086 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18464 4602))
29087 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29089 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29090 Not documented
29092 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29094 ;;;***
29096 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18464
29097 ;;;;;; 4602))
29098 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29100 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29101 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29102 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29103 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29104 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29106 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29108 ;;;***
29110 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29111 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29114 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29115 Not documented
29117 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29119 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29120 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29122 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29124 ;;;***
29126 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29127 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18464 4602))
29128 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29130 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29131 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29133 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29135 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29136 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29138 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29140 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29141 Not documented
29143 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29145 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29147 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29149 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29151 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29152 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29154 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29156 ;;;***
29158 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29159 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
29160 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29162 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29163 Not documented
29165 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29167 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29168 Not documented
29170 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29172 ;;;***
29174 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29175 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29176 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29179 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29180 Not documented
29182 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29184 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29185 Not documented
29187 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29189 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29190 Not documented
29192 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29194 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29195 Not documented
29197 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29199 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29200 Not documented
29202 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29205 Not documented
29207 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29209 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29210 Not documented
29212 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29214 ;;;***
29216 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29217 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18464 4602))
29218 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29220 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29221 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29223 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29225 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29226 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29227 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29228 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29230 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29232 ;;;***
29234 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29235 ;;;;;; (18464 4602))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29238 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29239 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29241 \(fn)" t nil)
29243 ;;;***
29245 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29246 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29247 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29248 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29249 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29250 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29251 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18464 4602))
29252 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29254 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29255 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29256 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29258 If t, all messages will be logged.
29259 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29260 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29262 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29264 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29265 Not documented
29267 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29269 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29270 Not documented
29272 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29274 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29275 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29276 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29277 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29278 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29279 & ==> &amp;
29280 < ==> &lt;
29281 > ==> &gt;
29282 \" ==> &quot;
29284 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29286 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29287 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29288 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29290 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29292 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29293 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29294 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29296 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29298 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29299 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29301 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29303 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29304 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29306 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29308 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29309 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29311 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29313 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29314 Not documented
29316 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29318 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29319 Not documented
29321 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29323 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29324 Not documented
29326 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29328 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29329 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29331 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29333 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29334 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29336 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29338 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29339 Not documented
29341 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29344 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29345 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29346 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29347 forbidden in URL encoding.
29349 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29351 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29352 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29353 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29354 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29355 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29356 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29358 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29360 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29361 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29362 If optional variable X is t,
29363 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29365 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29367 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29368 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29369 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29371 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29373 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29374 View the current document's URL.
29375 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29376 the minibuffer.
29378 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29380 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29382 ;;;***
29384 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29385 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18464 4594))
29386 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29388 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29389 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29390 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29391 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29392 to refrain from editing the file
29393 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29394 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29395 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29396 in any way you like.
29398 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29400 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29401 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29402 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29403 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29404 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29406 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29407 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29409 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29411 ;;;***
29413 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29414 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29415 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18495 22880))
29416 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29418 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29419 Not documented
29421 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29423 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29424 Not documented
29426 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29428 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29429 Not documented
29431 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29433 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29434 Not documented
29436 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29438 ;;;***
29440 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29441 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29442 ;;;;;; (18464 4595))
29443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29445 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29446 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29447 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29448 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29450 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29452 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29453 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29454 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29456 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29458 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29459 Uudecode region between START and END.
29460 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29462 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29464 ;;;***
29466 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29467 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29468 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
29469 ;;;;;; vc-dir vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29470 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29471 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18517 53416))
29472 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29474 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29475 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29476 See `run-hooks'.")
29478 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29480 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29481 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29482 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29484 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29486 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29487 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29488 See `run-hooks'.")
29490 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29492 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29493 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29494 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29496 For locking systems:
29497 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29498 control.
29499 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29500 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29501 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29502 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29503 it performs a revert on that file.
29504 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29505 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29506 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29507 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29508 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29509 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29510 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29512 For merging systems:
29513 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29514 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29515 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29516 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29517 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29518 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29519 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29520 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29521 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29523 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29525 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29526 Register into a version control system.
29527 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29528 Otherwise register the current file.
29529 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29530 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29532 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29533 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29534 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29535 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29536 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29537 first backend that could register the file is used.
29539 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29541 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29542 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29544 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29546 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29547 Display diffs between file revisions.
29548 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29549 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29550 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29552 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29553 saving the buffer.
29555 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29557 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29558 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29559 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29560 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29562 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29564 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29565 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29566 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29567 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29569 \(fn)" t nil)
29571 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29572 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29573 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29574 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29575 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29576 from the current branch.
29578 See Info node `Merging'.
29580 \(fn)" t nil)
29582 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29584 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc" "\
29585 Show the VC status for DIR.
29587 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
29589 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29590 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29591 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29592 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29593 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29594 checked out in that new branch.
29596 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29598 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29599 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29600 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29601 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29602 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29603 allowed and simply skipped).
29605 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29607 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29608 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29609 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29611 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29613 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29614 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29615 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29616 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29618 \(fn)" t nil)
29620 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29621 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29622 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29623 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29625 \(fn)" t nil)
29627 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29629 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29630 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29631 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29632 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29633 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29634 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29636 \(fn)" t nil)
29638 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29639 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29640 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29641 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29642 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29643 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29644 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29646 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29648 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29649 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29650 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29651 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29652 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29653 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29654 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29655 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29656 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29658 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29660 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29661 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29663 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29665 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29666 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29667 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29668 directory.
29670 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29672 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29673 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29674 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29676 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29677 log entries should be gathered.
29679 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29681 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
29682 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29684 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29686 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29687 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29689 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29691 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
29692 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29694 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29695 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29696 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29697 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29698 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29699 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29701 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29702 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29703 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29704 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29705 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29706 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29707 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29708 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29710 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29712 Customization variables:
29714 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29715 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29716 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29717 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29719 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29721 ;;;***
29723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18469 64483))
29724 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29725 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29726 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29727 (progn
29728 (load "vc-arch")
29729 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29731 ;;;***
29733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18518 16558))
29734 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29736 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29737 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29739 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29740 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29741 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29742 (progn
29743 (load "vc-bzr")
29744 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29746 ;;;***
29748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18516 61235))
29749 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29750 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29751 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29752 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29753 (load "vc-cvs")
29754 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29756 ;;;***
29758 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29759 ;;;;;; (18512 40701))
29760 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29762 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29763 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29764 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29765 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29766 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29767 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29768 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29769 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29770 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29771 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29772 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29773 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29774 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29776 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29778 ;;;***
29780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18477 9130))
29781 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29782 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29783 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29784 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29785 (progn
29786 (load "vc-git")
29787 (vc-git-registered file))))
29789 ;;;***
29791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18517 53416))
29792 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29793 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29794 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29795 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29796 (progn
29797 (load "vc-hg")
29798 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29800 ;;;***
29802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18477 9130))
29803 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29804 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29805 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29806 (progn
29807 (load "vc-mcvs")
29808 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29810 ;;;***
29812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18469 64484))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29815 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29817 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29818 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29819 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29820 (progn
29821 (load "vc-mtn")
29822 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29824 ;;;***
29826 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29827 ;;;;;; (18512 4381))
29828 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29830 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29831 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29832 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29834 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29836 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29838 ;;;***
29840 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29841 ;;;;;; (18477 25134))
29842 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29844 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29845 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29846 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29848 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29849 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29851 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29852 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29853 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29854 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29856 ;;;***
29858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18518 16558))
29859 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29860 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29861 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29862 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29863 "_svn")
29864 (t ".svn"))))
29865 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29866 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29867 (file-name-directory f)))
29868 (load "vc-svn")
29869 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29871 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
29873 ;;;***
29875 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29876 ;;;;;; (18464 4599))
29877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29878 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29880 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29881 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29883 Usage:
29884 ------
29886 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29887 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29888 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29889 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29891 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29892 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29893 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29894 completions.
29896 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29897 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29899 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29900 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29902 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29903 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29904 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29906 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29909 Maintenance:
29910 ------------
29912 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29913 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29915 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29917 Official distribution is at
29918 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29921 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29922 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29924 Key bindings:
29925 -------------
29927 \\{vera-mode-map}
29929 \(fn)" t nil)
29931 ;;;***
29933 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29934 ;;;;;; (18467 53782))
29935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29937 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29938 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29939 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29940 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29941 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29943 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29945 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29946 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29948 Supports highlighting.
29950 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29951 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29953 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29955 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29956 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29957 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29958 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29959 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29960 on the left side of your screen.
29961 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29962 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29963 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29964 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29965 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29966 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29967 function keyword.
29968 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29969 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29970 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29971 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29972 if (a)
29973 begin
29974 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29975 Indentation for case statements.
29976 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29977 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29978 mark after an end.
29979 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29980 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29981 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29982 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29983 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29984 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29985 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29986 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29987 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29988 if (a)
29989 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29990 otherwise you get:
29991 if (a)
29992 begin
29993 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29994 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29995 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29996 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29997 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29998 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29999 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30000 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30001 comments in tight quarters.
30002 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30003 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30005 Variables controlling other actions:
30007 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30008 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30009 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30011 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30013 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30015 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30016 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30017 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30019 Some other functions are:
30021 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30022 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30023 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30024 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30025 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30027 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30028 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30029 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30030 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30032 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30033 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30034 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30035 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30036 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30037 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30038 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30039 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30040 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30041 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30042 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30043 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30044 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30045 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30046 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30047 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30048 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30049 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30050 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30051 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30052 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30053 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30054 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30055 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30056 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30057 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30058 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30059 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30061 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30062 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30064 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30066 \(fn)" t nil)
30068 ;;;***
30070 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30071 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
30072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30074 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30075 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30077 Usage:
30078 ------
30080 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30081 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30082 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30083 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30084 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30085 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30086 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30087 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30088 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30090 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30091 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30092 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30093 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30095 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30096 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30097 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30098 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30099 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30101 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30102 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30105 HEADER INSERTION:
30106 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30107 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30108 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30111 STUTTERING:
30112 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30113 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30114 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30115 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30117 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30118 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30119 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30120 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30121 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30124 WORD COMPLETION:
30125 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30126 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30127 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30128 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30130 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30131 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30132 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30133 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30134 beginning with \"std\").
30136 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30137 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30138 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30139 stop.
30142 COMMENTS:
30143 `--' puts a single comment.
30144 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30145 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30146 with a comment in between.
30147 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30148 out following lines.
30149 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30150 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30152 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30153 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30154 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30155 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30156 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30157 non-nil.
30159 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30160 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30161 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30162 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30163 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30164 multi-line comments.
30167 INDENTATION:
30168 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30169 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30170 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30171 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30173 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30174 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30175 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30176 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30178 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30179 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30180 and vice versa.
30182 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30183 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30186 ALIGNMENT:
30187 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30188 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30189 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30190 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30191 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30192 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30193 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30194 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30196 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30197 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30198 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30199 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30200 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30201 is non-nil.
30203 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30204 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30205 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30207 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30208 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30211 CODE FILLING:
30212 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30213 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30214 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30215 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30216 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30217 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30220 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30221 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30222 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30223 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30224 command:
30226 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30229 PORT TRANSLATION:
30230 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30231 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30232 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30233 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30234 internal signal initializations (menu).
30236 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30237 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30238 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30240 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30241 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30242 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30243 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30244 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30245 in subsequent paste operations.)
30247 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30248 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30249 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30252 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30253 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30254 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30255 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30256 association list with formals).
30259 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30260 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30261 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30262 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30263 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30264 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30265 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30266 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30267 `vhdl-testbench'.
30270 KEY BINDINGS:
30271 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30274 VHDL MENU:
30275 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30278 FILE BROWSER:
30279 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30280 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30281 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30283 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30284 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30287 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30288 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30289 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30290 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30292 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30293 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30294 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30296 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30297 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30298 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30299 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30301 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30302 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30303 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30304 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30305 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30307 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30308 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30309 required by secondary units.
30312 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30313 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30314 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30315 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30316 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30317 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30318 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30319 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30320 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30321 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30322 inputs to this component -> input port created
30323 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30324 outputs from this component -> output port created
30325 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30326 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30328 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30329 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30330 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30331 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30332 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30334 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30335 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30337 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30338 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30339 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30340 component instantiation is also supported (option
30341 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30343 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30344 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30345 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30346 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30347 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30348 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30349 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30350 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30351 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30352 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30353 | generating the configuration.
30355 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30356 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30357 | configurations in speedbar.
30359 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30362 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30363 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30364 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30365 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30366 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30367 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30368 information. New compilers can be added.
30370 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30371 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30374 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30375 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30376 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30377 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30378 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30380 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30381 command:
30383 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30384 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30385 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30387 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30388 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30389 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30390 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30391 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30392 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30393 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30395 Limitations:
30396 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30397 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30398 not (yet) supported.
30399 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30400 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30401 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30404 PROJECTS:
30405 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30406 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30407 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30408 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30409 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30410 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30411 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30412 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30414 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30415 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30416 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30417 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30418 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30419 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30420 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30421 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30422 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30423 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30424 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30427 SPECIAL MENUES:
30428 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30429 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30430 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30431 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30432 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30433 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30434 current directory for VHDL source files.
30437 VHDL STANDARDS:
30438 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30439 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30442 KEYWORD CASE:
30443 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30444 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30445 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30446 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30447 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30448 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30449 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30450 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30453 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30454 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30455 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30456 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30457 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30458 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30459 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30461 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30462 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30463 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30464 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30465 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30466 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30468 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30469 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30470 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30471 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30472 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30473 visually.
30475 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30476 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30477 highlighted if written in lower case.
30479 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30480 highlighted using a different background color if option
30481 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30483 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30484 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30485 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30486 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30487 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30490 USER MODELS:
30491 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30492 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30493 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30496 HIDE/SHOW:
30497 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30498 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30499 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30500 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30501 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30504 CODE UPDATING:
30505 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30506 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30507 Limitations:
30508 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30509 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30510 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30511 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30512 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30513 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30514 (used to obtain the port names).
30517 CODE FIXING:
30518 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30519 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30522 PRINTING:
30523 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30524 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30525 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30526 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30527 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30528 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30529 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30530 printers.
30533 OPTIONS:
30534 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30535 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30536 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30537 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30538 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30540 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30541 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30542 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30543 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30544 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30545 INSTALL file).
30547 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30548 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30551 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30552 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30553 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30554 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30556 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30559 HINTS:
30560 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30561 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30563 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30565 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30567 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30570 RELEASE NOTES:
30571 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30574 Maintenance:
30575 ------------
30577 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30578 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30580 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30582 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30583 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30584 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30585 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30587 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30588 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30589 where the latest version can be found.
30592 Known problems:
30593 ---------------
30595 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30596 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30597 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30600 The VHDL Mode Authors
30601 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30603 Key bindings:
30604 -------------
30606 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30608 \(fn)" t nil)
30610 ;;;***
30612 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18263 30458))
30613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30615 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30616 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30617 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30618 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30620 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30621 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30622 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30623 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30624 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30626 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30627 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30629 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30631 * Limitations and unsupported features
30632 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30633 not supported.
30634 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30635 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30637 * Modifications
30638 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30639 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30640 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30641 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30642 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30643 for undoing a repeated change command.
30644 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30645 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30646 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30648 * Extensions
30649 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30650 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30651 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30652 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30653 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30654 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30655 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30656 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30658 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30660 \(fn)" t nil)
30662 ;;;***
30664 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30665 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30666 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30667 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18464 4595))
30668 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30670 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30671 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30673 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30675 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30676 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30677 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30678 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30680 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30682 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30683 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30685 \(fn)" t nil)
30687 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30688 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30689 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30690 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30692 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30694 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30695 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30697 \(fn)" t nil)
30699 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30700 Not documented
30702 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30704 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30705 Not documented
30707 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30709 ;;;***
30711 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30712 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30713 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30714 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30715 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18464 4594))
30716 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30718 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30719 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30720 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30722 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30724 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30725 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30726 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30727 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30729 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30731 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30732 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30734 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30736 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30737 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30738 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30739 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30740 moving around in the buffer.
30741 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30742 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30744 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30746 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30748 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30749 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30750 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30751 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30753 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30754 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30755 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30756 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30757 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30759 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30763 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30764 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30765 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30766 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30767 buffer.
30769 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30770 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30771 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30772 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30773 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30775 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30777 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30779 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30780 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30781 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30782 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30783 moving around in the buffer.
30784 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30785 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30787 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30789 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30790 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30791 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30793 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30794 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30795 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30796 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30798 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30800 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30801 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30802 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30803 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30804 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30805 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30806 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30807 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30809 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30811 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30812 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30813 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30815 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30817 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30818 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30819 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30820 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30821 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30822 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30823 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30824 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30826 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30828 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30829 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30830 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30832 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30834 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30835 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30836 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30837 turn it off.
30839 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30840 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30841 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30842 read-only.
30843 \\<view-mode-map>
30844 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30845 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30846 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30847 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30848 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30850 H, h, ? This message.
30851 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30852 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30853 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30854 > move to the end of buffer.
30855 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30856 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30857 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30858 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30859 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30860 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30861 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30862 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30863 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30864 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30865 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30866 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30867 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30868 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30869 Use this to view a changing file.
30870 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30871 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30872 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30873 . set the mark.
30874 x exchanges point and mark.
30875 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30876 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30877 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30878 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30879 ' go to position saved in character register.
30880 s do forward incremental search.
30881 r do reverse incremental search.
30882 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30883 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30884 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30885 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30886 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30887 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30888 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30889 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30890 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30891 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30892 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30893 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30894 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30895 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30896 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30897 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30898 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30900 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30901 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30902 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30903 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30904 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30905 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30906 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30907 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30908 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30910 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30914 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30915 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30916 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30917 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30918 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30919 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30920 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30921 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30922 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30924 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30926 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30927 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30928 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30929 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30930 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30931 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30932 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30934 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30935 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30936 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30937 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30938 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30939 1) nil Do nothing.
30940 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30941 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30942 frame.
30943 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30944 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30945 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30946 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30948 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30950 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30952 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30954 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30955 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30957 \(fn)" t nil)
30959 ;;;***
30961 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18463
30962 ;;;;;; 55075))
30963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30965 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30966 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30968 \(fn)" nil nil)
30970 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30971 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30973 \(fn)" t nil)
30975 ;;;***
30977 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30978 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
30979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30981 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30982 Toggle Viper on/off.
30983 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30985 \(fn)" t nil)
30987 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30988 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30990 \(fn)" t nil)
30992 ;;;***
30994 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30995 ;;;;;; (18463 55075))
30996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30998 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30999 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31000 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31001 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31002 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31003 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31004 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31005 the beginning of the warning.")
31007 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31008 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31009 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31010 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31011 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31012 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31013 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31014 also call that function before the next warning.")
31016 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31017 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31019 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31020 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31021 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31022 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31024 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31025 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31026 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31027 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31028 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31029 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31031 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31032 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31033 Default is :warning.
31035 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31036 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31037 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31038 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31039 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31040 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31042 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31043 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31044 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31046 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31048 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31049 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31051 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31053 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31054 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31055 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31056 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31058 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31059 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31060 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31061 can be whatever you like.)
31063 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31064 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31066 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31067 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31068 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31069 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31070 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31072 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31074 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31075 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31076 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31077 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31078 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31080 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31082 ;;;***
31084 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31085 ;;;;;; (18516 61235))
31086 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31088 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31089 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31090 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31091 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31092 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31093 in disk.
31095 See `wdired-mode'.
31097 \(fn)" t nil)
31099 ;;;***
31101 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18464 4596))
31102 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31104 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31105 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31107 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31108 hotlist.
31110 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31111 <nwv@acm.org>.
31113 \(fn)" t nil)
31115 ;;;***
31117 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31118 ;;;;;; (18464 4601))
31119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31120 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31121 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31123 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31125 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31126 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31127 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31130 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31132 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31134 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31135 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31136 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31137 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31139 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31140 and off otherwise.
31142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31144 ;;;***
31146 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31147 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31148 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-mode whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
31149 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
31150 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31152 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31153 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31155 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31156 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31157 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31158 Only useful with a windowing system.
31160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31162 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31163 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31164 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31167 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31169 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31171 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31172 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31174 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31175 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31176 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31177 Only useful with a windowing system.
31179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31181 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31182 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31184 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31185 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31187 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31188 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31190 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31192 CHAR MEANING
31193 (VIA FACES)
31194 t toggle TAB visualization
31195 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31196 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31197 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31198 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31199 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31200 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31201 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31202 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31203 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31204 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31205 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31206 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31207 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31208 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31209 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31211 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31212 T toggle TAB visualization
31213 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31214 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31216 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31217 ? display brief help
31219 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31220 The valid symbols are:
31222 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31223 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31224 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31225 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31226 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31227 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31228 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31229 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31230 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31231 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31232 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31233 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31234 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31235 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31236 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31237 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31239 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31240 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31241 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31243 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31245 Only useful with a windowing system.
31247 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31249 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31251 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31252 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31254 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31255 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31257 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31258 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31260 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31262 CHAR MEANING
31263 (VIA FACES)
31264 t toggle TAB visualization
31265 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31266 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31267 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31268 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31269 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31270 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31271 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31272 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31273 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31274 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31275 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31276 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31277 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31278 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31279 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31281 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31282 T toggle TAB visualization
31283 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31284 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31286 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31287 ? display brief help
31289 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31290 The valid symbols are:
31292 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31293 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31294 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31295 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31296 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31297 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31298 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31299 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31300 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31301 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31302 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31303 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31304 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31305 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31306 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31307 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31309 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31310 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31311 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31313 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31315 Only useful with a windowing system.
31317 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31319 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31321 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31322 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31324 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31325 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31326 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31327 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31328 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31330 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31332 The problems cleaned up are:
31334 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31335 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31336 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31337 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31339 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31340 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31341 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31342 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31343 SPACEs.
31344 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31345 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31346 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31347 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31349 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31350 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31351 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31352 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31353 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31354 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31355 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31356 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31358 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31359 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31360 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31362 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31363 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31364 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31365 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31366 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31367 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31368 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31369 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31371 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31372 documentation.
31374 \(fn)" t nil)
31376 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31377 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31379 The problems cleaned up are:
31381 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31382 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31383 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31384 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31385 SPACEs.
31386 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31387 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31388 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31389 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31391 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31392 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31393 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31394 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31395 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31396 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31397 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31398 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31400 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31401 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31402 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31404 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31405 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31406 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31407 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31408 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31409 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31410 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31411 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31413 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31414 documentation.
31416 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31418 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31419 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31421 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31422 non-nil.
31424 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31425 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31426 `whitespace-style' to have:
31428 empty
31429 trailing
31430 indentation
31431 space-before-tab
31432 space-after-tab
31434 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31435 whitespace problems in buffer.
31437 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31439 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31440 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31441 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31442 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31443 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31444 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31445 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31447 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31448 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31449 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31450 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31451 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31452 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31453 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31455 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31456 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31457 cleaning up these problems.
31459 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31461 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31462 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31464 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31465 non-nil.
31467 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31468 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31469 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31471 empty
31472 indentation
31473 space-before-tab
31474 trailing
31475 space-after-tab
31477 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31478 whitespace problems in buffer.
31480 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31482 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31483 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31484 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31485 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31486 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31487 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31488 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31490 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31491 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31492 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31493 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31494 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31495 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31496 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31498 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31499 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31500 cleaning up these problems.
31502 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31504 ;;;***
31506 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31507 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18464 4594))
31508 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31510 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31511 Browse the widget under point.
31513 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31515 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31516 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31518 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31520 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31521 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31523 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31525 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31526 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31527 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31531 ;;;***
31533 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31534 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18505
31535 ;;;;;; 63071))
31536 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31538 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31539 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31541 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31543 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31544 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31545 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31547 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31549 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31550 Create widget of TYPE.
31551 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31553 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31555 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31556 Delete WIDGET.
31558 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31560 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31561 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31563 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31565 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
31567 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31568 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31569 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31571 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31572 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31574 \(fn)" nil nil)
31576 ;;;***
31578 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31579 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18464
31580 ;;;;;; 4594))
31581 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31583 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31584 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31585 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31586 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31587 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31588 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31589 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31593 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31594 Select the window above the current one.
31595 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31596 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31597 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31598 negative ARG) of the current window.
31599 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31603 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31604 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31605 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31606 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31607 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31608 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31609 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31613 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31614 Select the window below the current one.
31615 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31616 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31617 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31618 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31619 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31623 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31624 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31625 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31626 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31628 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31630 ;;;***
31632 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31633 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
31634 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31636 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31637 Toggle Winner mode.
31638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31639 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31641 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31643 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31644 Toggle Winner mode.
31645 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31649 ;;;***
31651 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31652 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18512 40701))
31653 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31655 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31656 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31657 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31658 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31659 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31661 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31663 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31664 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31665 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31666 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31667 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31668 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31669 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31670 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31672 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31673 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31675 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31677 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31678 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31680 \(fn)" t nil)
31682 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31683 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31684 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31685 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31686 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31687 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31688 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31689 `woman' command for further details.
31691 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31693 ;;;***
31695 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31696 ;;;;;; (18463 55076))
31697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31699 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31700 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31702 BUGS:
31703 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31704 are not implemented
31705 - Options for search and replace
31706 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31707 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31709 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31710 Emacs-like.
31712 The key bindings are:
31714 C-a backward-word
31715 C-b fill-paragraph
31716 C-c scroll-up-line
31717 C-d forward-char
31718 C-e previous-line
31719 C-f forward-word
31720 C-g delete-char
31721 C-h backward-char
31722 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31723 C-j help-for-help
31724 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31725 C-l ws-repeat-search
31726 C-n open-line
31727 C-p quoted-insert
31728 C-r scroll-down-line
31729 C-s backward-char
31730 C-t kill-word
31731 C-u keyboard-quit
31732 C-v overwrite-mode
31733 C-w scroll-down
31734 C-x next-line
31735 C-y kill-complete-line
31736 C-z scroll-up
31738 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31739 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31740 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31741 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31742 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31743 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31744 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31745 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31746 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31747 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31748 C-k b ws-begin-block
31749 C-k c ws-copy-block
31750 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31751 C-k f find-file
31752 C-k h ws-show-markers
31753 C-k i ws-indent-block
31754 C-k k ws-end-block
31755 C-k p ws-print-block
31756 C-k q kill-emacs
31757 C-k r insert-file
31758 C-k s save-some-buffers
31759 C-k t ws-mark-word
31760 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31761 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31762 C-k v ws-move-block
31763 C-k w ws-write-block
31764 C-k x kill-emacs
31765 C-k y ws-delete-block
31767 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31768 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31769 C-o j justify-current-line
31770 C-o k kill-buffer
31771 C-o l list-buffers
31772 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31773 C-o r set-fill-column
31774 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31775 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31776 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31777 C-o wo other-window
31778 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31780 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31781 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31782 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31783 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31784 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31785 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31786 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31787 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31788 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31789 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31790 C-q a ws-query-replace
31791 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31792 C-q c end-of-buffer
31793 C-q d end-of-line
31794 C-q f ws-search
31795 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31796 C-q l ws-undo
31797 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31798 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31799 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31800 C-q w ws-last-error
31801 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31802 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31804 \(fn)" t nil)
31806 ;;;***
31808 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31809 ;;;;;; (18464 4594))
31810 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31812 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31813 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31814 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31815 Returns the top node with all its children.
31816 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31817 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31819 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31821 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31822 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31823 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31824 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31825 is not well-formed XML.
31826 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31827 and returned as the first element of the list.
31828 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31830 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31832 ;;;***
31834 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31835 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18464 4596))
31836 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31838 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31839 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31840 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31841 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31842 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31843 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31844 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31845 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML declaration,
31846 return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31847 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31849 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31851 ;;;***
31853 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18510
31854 ;;;;;; 65302))
31855 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31857 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31858 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31859 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31861 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31862 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31864 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31866 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31867 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31868 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31869 it off.
31871 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31872 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31873 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31874 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31875 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31876 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31880 ;;;***
31882 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18463 55077))
31884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31886 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31887 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31891 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31892 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31894 \(fn)" nil nil)
31896 ;;;***
31898 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31899 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18464 4597))
31900 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31902 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31903 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31905 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31907 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31908 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31910 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31912 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31913 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31914 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31916 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31918 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31919 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31921 \(fn)" t nil)
31923 ;;;***
31925 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18464 4597))
31926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31928 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31929 Zone out, completely.
31931 \(fn)" t nil)
31933 ;;;***
31935 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18518 43087 264509))
32089 ;;;***
32091 ;; Local Variables:
32092 ;; version-control: never
32093 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32094 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32095 ;; coding: utf-8
32096 ;; End:
32097 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here